Grammar Practice Book: Grade 4

www.harcourtschool.com

GrammarPractice Book

Grade 4

RXENL08AWK41_GPB_i.indd iRXENL08AWK41_GPB_i.indd i 9/14/06 3:45:34 PM9/14/06 3:45:34 PM

Copyright © by Harcourt, Inc.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form

or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information

storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.

Permission is hereby granted to individuals using the corresponding student’s textbook or

kit as the major vehicle for regular classroom instruction to photocopy entire pages from

this publication in classroom quantities for instructional use and not for resale. Requests for

information on other matters regarding duplication of this work should be addressed to School

Permissions and Copyrights, Harcourt, Inc., 6277 Sea Harbor Drive, Orlando, Florida 32887-6777.

Fax: 407-345-2418.

HARCOURT and the Harcourt Logo are trademarks of Harcourt, Inc., registered in the United

States of America and/or other jurisdictions.

Printed in the United States of America

ISBN 10 0-15-349911-7

ISBN 13 978-0-15-3499111

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 073 12 11 10 09 08 07 06

If you have received these materials as examination copies free of charge, Harcourt School

Publishers retains title to the materials and they may not be resold. Resale of examination

copies is strictly prohibited and is illegal.

Possession of this publication in print format does not entitle users to convert this

publication, or any portion of it, into electronic format.

RXENL08AWK41_GPB_ii.indd iiRXENL08AWK41_GPB_ii.indd ii 9/14/06 4:17:12 PM9/14/06 4:17:12 PM

© Harcourt • Grade 4

Grammar Practice Book

ContentsTHEME 1

Lesson 1 Declarative and Interrogative Sentences ............................... 1

Lesson 2 Imperative and Exclamatory Sentences; Interjections ............ 5

Lesson 3 Subjects and Predicates ........................................................ 9

Lesson 4 Complete and Simple Subjects and Predicates .................... 13

Lesson 5 Review ............................................................................... 17

THEME 2

Lesson 6 Compound Subjects and Predicates .................................... 19

Lesson 7 Simple and Compound Sentences ...................................... 23

Lesson 8 Prepositional Phrases .......................................................... 27

Lesson 9 Clauses and Phrases; Complex Sentences ........................... 31

Lesson 10 Review ............................................................................... 35

THEME 3

Lesson 11 Common and Proper Nouns ............................................... 37

Lesson 12 Singular and Plural Nouns .................................................. 41

Lesson 13 Possessive Nouns ................................................................ 45

Lesson 14 Pronouns and Antecedents ................................................. 49

Lesson 15 Review ............................................................................... 53

THEME 4

Lesson 16 Subject and Object Pronouns ............................................. 55

Lesson 17 Possessive and Reflexive Pronouns ...................................... 59

Lesson 18 Adjectives and Articles ........................................................ 63

Lesson 19 Comparing with Adjectives ................................................. 67

Lesson 20 Review ............................................................................... 71

RXENL08AWK41_GPB_iii.indd iiiRXENL08AWK41_GPB_iii.indd iii 9/8/06 8:10:55 AM9/8/06 8:10:55 AM


Grammar Practice Book

ContentsTHEME 5

Lesson 21 Main and Helping Verbs .................................................... 73

Lesson 22 Action and Linking Verbs .................................................... 77

Lesson 23 Verbs: Present Tense; Subject-Verb Agreement .................... 81

Lesson 24 Verbs: Past and Future Tenses ............................................. 85

Lesson 25 Review ............................................................................... 89

THEME 6

Lesson 26 Irregular Verbs ................................................................... 91

Lesson 27 Easily Confused Words ....................................................... 95

Lesson 28 Adverbs .............................................................................. 99

Lesson 29 Punctuation ...................................................................... 103

Lesson 30 Review ............................................................................. 107

Index .................................................................................................. 109

RXENL08AWK41_GPB_iv.indd ivRXENL08AWK41_GPB_iv.indd iv 9/8/06 8:12:01 AM9/8/06 8:12:01 AM

Name Declarative and

Interrogative Sentences

Lesson 1Rewrite each sentence, using capital letters and end marks.

1. my sister went to camp yesterday

2. the house seems empty

3. even the dog misses her

4. i will write her a letter

5. she comes home in one week

If the words form a sentence, write sentence. If the words form a fragment, add words to make a complete sentence.

6. I went swimming.

7. The water.

8. Early in the morning.

9. Happy that you.

10. The week passed quickly.

1 Grammar Practice Book

RXENL08AWK41_GPB_001.indd 1RXENL08AWK41_GPB_001.indd 1 9/5/06 4:58:57 PM9/5/06 4:58:57 PM

Name Statements and Questions

Lesson 1Rewrite each group of words to form a questionthat makes sense. Use capital letters and end marks correctly.

1. you do a brother have

2. what his name is

3. he to school go does

4. he read can

5. play he does where

Turn each statement into a question. Use the word in parentheses ( ) as the first word.

6. My little sister’s name is Sara. (What)

7. She copies everything I do. (Why)

8. She meets me after school. (When)

9. She wants to go to the store. (Where)


RXENL08AWK31_GPB_002.indd 2RXENL08AWK31_GPB_002.indd 2 8/15/06 10:04:42 AM8/15/06 10:04:42 AM

Name Grammar–Writing Connection

Lesson 1Read this part of a student’s rough draft. Then answer the questions that follow.

(1) I to like skip. (2) Why do I skip (3) it is more

fun than walking. (4) I skip all the way to school (5)

With my friends at recess. (6) you like to

skip, too?

1. In which sentence are the words in an order that does not make sense?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

2. Which sentence does not tell a complete thought?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

3. Which sentence should end with a question mark?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

4. Which sentence is missing a period?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

5. Which word in Sentence 3 should be capitalized?A isB itC wayD fun

6. Which word would make sense in the blank in Sentence 6?A WhyB ButC DoD Where

Grammar Practice Book3


Name Statements and Questions

Lesson 1Add the correct end mark to each sentence.Then label each as a statement or a question.

1. Where is the teacher

2. I do not like to jump

3. When does Anita run

4. Do you know Mr. Wang

5. We play in the grass

Rewrite each group of words to form a statement or a question. Put the words in an order that makes sense. Use capital letters and end marks correctly.

6. to the park I go (statement)

7. do walk you to school (question)

8. Willow ball the throws (statement)

9. can Kurt play softball (statement)

10. you can football play (question)



Name

Imperative and Exclamatory Sentences;

Interjections

Lesson 2Label each sentence as imperative or exclamatory.

1. Meet at the track at seven o’clock.

2. Run around the track four times to warm up.

3. I cannot believe how fast she runs!

4. You must be very proud!

5. Take your positions for the race.

6. What an amazing event this is!

7. We had so much fun today!

8. Follow me to the car.

9. Take a nap when you get home.

Rewrite the sentences. Add the correct end marks.

10. Help me find my running shoes

11. How nervous I am about the race

12. I am so happy that you won

13. Give her a bottle of water

14. How tired they must be

15. What a big trophy it is



Name


Interjections

Lesson 2Rewrite these sentences with the correct punctuation. Then label each sentence as imperative or exclamatory.

1. I was so worried about trying out for the school play

2. Don’t give up on your dreams

3. Work hard in order to succeed

4. Hey your audition was amazing

5. Always listen to good advice

Draw one line under each imperative sentence. Draw two lines under each exclamatory sentence. Circle the interjections.

6. Take your places on the stage quietly.

7. Smile at the audience when the curtain goes up.

8. Ouch, you stepped on my foot!

9. Stand still until it is your turn to dance.

10. How wonderful this dance recital is!

11. Wow, she jumps so high and turns so fast!

12. Listen to the music so you will know when to start.

13. Hey, that’s a great! costume

14. Wow, she is so strong!

15. Take a walk to stretch your legs at intermission.



Name

Lesson 2

1. Which sentence should have an

exclamation point?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

2. Which sentence is an imperative

sentence?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

3. In which of these sentences is the

punctuation NOT correct?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 6

4. Which of these sentences has an

interjection?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

5. Which of these sentences is neither

imperative nor exclamatory?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

6. Which of these sentences is an

exclamatory sentence?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 4

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

(1) � e soccer player is running down the fi eld. (2) How

very happy he looks. (3) Hey, he kicked that ball so far! (4) He

has scored the winning goal for his team. (5) Listen to his

coach praise him. (6) Wow, what a wonderful day!

Read this part of a student’s rough draft. Then answer the questions that follow.

Grammar–Writing Connection



Name


Interjections

Lesson 2Rewrite these sentences with the correct punctuation. Then label each sentence as imperative or exclamatory.

1. Wait for me after school

2. Put your uniforms on

3. How excited I am about the game

4. Bring me the basketball

5. Wow you are a good player

6. Tell us the score

7. Hey that player can really jump

8. Listen to the crowd yell

Write an exclamatory sentence with an interjection. Then write an imperative sentence.

9.

10.



Name Subjects and Predicates

Lesson 3Write the subject of each sentence.

1. Everyone goes to the park.

2. Paula puts on her jacket.

3. We skip down the sidewalk together.

4. Darryl rides his bike on the street.

5. My mother holds my sister’s hand.

6. They cross the street at the corner.

7. The park is crowded.

8. The flowers smell sweet.

9. I pick daisies for my father.

10. The sky has big white clouds.

Write the predicate of each sentence.

11. Some boys run past us.

12. A dog chases a ball.

13. Paula climbs up the slide.

14. My sister plays in the sand.

15. Darryl makes a new friend.

16. Everybody loves the park.

17. The children shout with excitement.

18. No one wants to go home.

19. The sun sets behind the hill.

20. This day will end soon.




Lesson 3Draw one line under the subject. Draw two lines under the predicate.

1. I visit my grandparents.

2. Their house has a garden.

3. I help pull carrots.

4. My grandfather makes wonderful soup.

5. I set the table.

6. He puts flowers in a vase.

7. We eat dinner together.

8. Everyone is full.

9. My grandmother brings out a cake.

10. I am hungry again!

Add a subject or predicate as needed. Write the new sentence.

11. The brown dog.

12. played cards together.

13. is high in the sky.

14. went to bed.

15. My grandmother.



Name

Lesson 3

1. Which two sentences are fragments?

A Sentences 1 and 2

B Sentences 1 and 5

C Sentences 2 and 4

D Sentences 4 and 5

2. Which sentence is missing a subject?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

3. Which is NOT a subject in the

passage?

A The marching band

B The music

C Saw

D I

4. Which sentence is missing a

predicate?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

5. Which word is the subject of

Sentence 6?

A I

B waved

C fl ag

D him

6. Which is the predicate of

Sentence 3?

A The music

B was loud

C and joyful

D was loud and joyful

(1) Today was the big parade. (2) Th e marching band

moved quickly down the street. (3) Th e music was loud and

joyful. (4) Saw someone on the sidewalk. (5) My friend. (6) I

waved my fl ag at him.

Read this part of a student’s rough draft. Then answerthe questions that follow.





Lesson 3Underline each subject once. Underline each predicate twice.

1. The summer is long and hot.

2. Everybody sits on the front steps.

3. No one wants to move.

4. We decide to make ice cream.

5. I find a recipe in a cookbook.

6. My parents help.

7. The ice cream is cold and delicious.

8. Everyone eats a big portion.

9. My family is happy.

10. The day feels much cooler.

Add a subject or a predicate to complete each sentence.

11. The street party

12. played music.

13. danced fast.

14. The food

15. All the people

16. had a great time.



Name Complete and

Simple Subjects and Predicates

Lesson 4Draw a line under the complete subject. Circle the simple subject.

1. San Francisco is a city in California.

2. A big earthquake rocked the city in 1906.

3. The ocean view is magnificent.

4. A nearby city is Oakland.

5. The average winter temperature is 55°F.

6. The biggest park is Golden Gate Park.

7. One neighborhood is called Chinatown.

Draw a line under the complete predicate. Circle the simple predicate.

8. Golden Gate Park has several landmarks.

9. The park survived the earthquake of 1906.

10. It has a lake with an island.

11. Three dogs ran up the big hill in the park.

12. The old man waved to his wife.

13. A woman held a yellow kite.

14. A boy walked over one of the stone bridges.

15. A girl did cartwheels across the lawn.

Write three different sentences that use the complete predicate below. Include

descriptive words in each subject.

dived into the water



Name Complete and

Simple Subjects and Predicates

Lesson 4Add a complete subject to each predicate. Then circle the simple subject.

1. waited patiently for hours.

2. learned to play a new game.

3. ate his lunch.

4. wanted to see his father.

5. felt worried.

6. finally left the island.

7. stood on the pier.

8. waved happily.

9. jumped up and down.

10. flew over the water.

Add a complete predicate to each subject. Then circle the simple predicate.

11. The ocean waves

12. The cold porridge

13. A beautiful plum tree

14. The huge room

15. The new teacher

16. The bright light of morning

17. A happy man

18. The excited child



Name

Lesson 4

1. Which is the simple subject of

Sentence 3?

A museum

B guide

C us

D art

2. Which is the simple predicate of

Sentence 2?

A has

B more

C in

D its

3. Which is the complete predicate of

Sentence 3?

A told us

B about the art

C told us a lot

D told us a lot about the art

4. Which is the complete subject of

Sentence 1?

A My whole family

B Asian Art Museum

C San Francisco

D yesterday


Sentence 5?

A tiny carvings

B carvings

C were

D favorite

6. Which word is NOT part of the

complete predicate of Sentence 4?

A baskets

B bronze

C saw

D We

(1) My whole family went to the Asian Art Museum in San

Francisco yesterday. (2) � is amazing museum has more than

14,000 objects in its collection. (3) A helpful museum guide

told us a lot about the art. (4) We saw bronze statues, ceramics,

puppets, and baskets. (5) � e tiny carvings were my favorite

things.





Name

Lesson 4Match the subjects and predicates in the box to write sentences. Then draw one line under each simple subject and two lines under each simple predicate.

Complete and Simple Subjects and Predicates

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Add a complete subject or a complete predicate to complete each sentence.

6. went to a concert in the park.

7. played traditional Chinese harps.

8. became very quiet.

9. The audience

10. The grateful musicians

The excited girl blew the leaves in the trees.The cool wind ran down the hill together.A small insect were fun to climb.Several friends shouted to her friend.Three big rocks jumped onto the branch.



Name

Lesson 5

1. Which sentence is an interrogative

sentence?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 6

2. Which sentence is an imperative

sentence?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

3. Which sentence should have an

exclamation point?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 4

4. Which is not a complete sentence?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

5. Which of these sentences is correct

as it is?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

6. Which sentence is a declarative

sentence?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 6

(1) � e band has just stopped playing. (2) Do you see the

lead singer smiling? (3) How happy she looks. (4) Look at the

guitar player waving to the crowd. (5) He told me that they are

playing another concert tomorrow? (6) Wow, so great!





Name

Lesson 5



(1) My greatest dream is to become a playwright.

(2) A playwright writes stories for the stage. (3) My favorite

playwright is Lorraine Hansberry. (4) She wrote a play called

A Raisin in the Sun. (5) � e title is from a line in a poem.

(6) Hope to write a play as good as that some day!

1. Which sentence is missing a subject?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

2. Which is the simple predicate of

Sentence 2?

A playwright

B writes

C stories

D stage

3. Which is the complete subject of

Sentence 3?

A playwright

B My favorite playwright

C is Lorraine Hansberry

D Lorraine Hansberry

4. Which is the complete predicate of

Sentence 4?

A She wrote

B She wrote a play

C a play called A Raisin in the Sun

D wrote a play called A Raisin in

the Sun


Sentence 5?

A title

B is

C line

D poem

6. Which word is NOT part of the

complete subject of Sentence 1?

A dream

B greatest

C playwright

D My



Name Compound

Subjects and Predicates

Lesson 6Label each sentence compound subject or compound predicate.

1. The two girls cleared the table and washed the dishes.

2. Tyler and Amir raked leaves together.

3. Ms. Lopez finished baking and cleaned the kitchen.

4. My mother made the shelves and framed the painting.

5. Dora and Carlos helped their parents.

Rewrite each pair of sentences as one sentence with a compound subject or a compound predicate. Draw one line under each compound subject. Draw two lines under each compound predicate.

6. Leah kicks the ball. Leah passes the ball.

7. The swim team laughs. The swim team cheers.

8. Jamie runs around the track. His brother runs around the track.

9. The teachers clap. The schoolchildren clap.

10. Petra watched the game. Petra took pictures.



Name Compound


Lesson 6Rewrite each group of sentences as one sentence with a compound subject. Use and or or. Use commas as needed.

1. Beatrice paints the fence. Her brother paints the fence. Her sister paints the fence.

2. Dean bakes bread on Saturday. His mother bakes bread on Saturday.

3. Chan takes out the trash. Sometimes her grandfather takes out the trash.

4. Paolo cleans the garage today. His uncle cleans the garage today. His cousin cleans the garage today.

5. The children sweep the attic. Their parents sweep the attic.

Rewrite each group of sentences as one sentence with a compound predicate. Use and or or. Use commas as needed.

6. We went to the store. We bought supplies for the camping trip.

7. Ana put up the tent. Ana collected sticks. Ana made a campfire.

8. The park rangers searched the woods. The park rangers looked for fallen trees.

9. You can put the wood by the tent. You can leave it near the tree.

10. Fiona walked by the creek. Fiona collected blackberries. Fiona ate them.



Name


(1) My sister, my cousin and I cleaned our grandparents’ basement.

(2) I recycled old newspapers and threw out trash. (3) My older sister

and my cousin organized the gardening tools and sorted through old

toys. (4) We worked hard all day. (5) � en my grandparents, my sister,

my cousin, and I celebrated a job well done.

1. Which of these sentences does

NOT have a compound subject?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5


comma?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 4

3. Which are the simple subjects

of Sentence 3?

A older and sister

B sister and cousin

C older and tools

D toys and cousin

4. Which are the simple predicates

of Sentence 3?

A organized and sorted

B organized and gardening

C gardening and sorted

D sorted and through

5. Which of these sentences has

neither a compound subject

nor a compound predicate?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

6. Which sentence has both a

compound subject and a

compound predicate?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 5




Name Compound


Lesson 6Each sentence has a compound subject or a compound predicate. Circle the compound subject or the compound predicate.

1. Maria collects the tickets and tears them in half.

2. Juan and Reid help people find their seats.

3. The musicians and their friends build the stage.

4. Quinton, Jules, and Simon are the lead singers.

5. Rhea or Kyle can help you find your costume.

6. We fit the costumes and pin up the hems.

7. The performers sing or dance.

Complete each sentence. Add a compound subject or a compound predicate as shown in parentheses ( ). Remember to add commas as needed.

8. Jonah . (compound predicate)

9. picked up rocks. (compound

subject)

10. My dog . (compound predicate)

11. started growing. (compound

subject)

12. My father and my brother .

(compound predicate)



Name Simple and Compound Sentences

Lesson 7Label each sentence simple or compound.

1. Jeremy washes and dries the dishes.

2. I set the table, or I make the toast.

3. Mother goes to the store, and Jeremy goes with her.

4. I thought breakfast was ready, but the bacon is still cooking.

5. The eggs and sausages are on the stove.

6. I pour the orange juice, and Jeremy serves it.

7. My favorite meal is breakfast.

8. Sometimes we have pancakes, but today we have waffles.

9. The syrup is in the brown jug.

10. The flowers look pretty in the center of the table.

Rewrite each pair of sentences as a compound sentence, using the conjunction in parentheses ( ).

11. Shauna likes horses. She rides them every summer. (and)

12. She says she won a riding trophy. I have never seen it. (but)

13. I swim in the lake. I fish at the river. (or)

14. Shauna and I go camping. I show her how to fish. (and)

15. We catch several fish. We let them go. (but)




Lesson 7Rewrite the sentences, adding commas as needed.

1. Lela runs across the grass but she stops at the creek.

2. She can wade in the water or she can lie on the grass.

3. Lela tries to catch a small fish but the fish gets away.

4. Lela walks home slowly and she sits on the porch.

Tell whether each sentence has a compound subject, has a compound predicate, or is a compound sentence. Then circle each conjunction.

5. A man and a boy are cooking together.

6. The boy collects wood, and the man builds a fire.

7. They smile and laugh together.

8. The man cleans up, but the boy sits quietly.

9. The boy waters and feeds the horses.

10. The horses eat hay, or they eat grain.

11. The sun sets, but it is not cold.

12. The moon and the stars will be out soon.



Name


(1) A campfi re is nice, and it keeps you warm on chilly nights. (2) Make

the campfi re small sit close to it for warmth. (3) You can use branches you

fi nd on the ground, you should not take branches from a tree. (4) You can

burn paper. (5) Do not burn plastic. (6) To put out the fi re, you can pour

water over it you can dig it up and turn it over.

1. Which of these sentences is a

run-on sentence?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 4

2. To rewrite sentences 4 and 5 as a

compound sentence, which do you

need to add between the words

paper and do?

A a comma

B a comma and the

conjunction and

C a comma and the

conjunction but

D Make no change.

3. Which of these sentences

is a comma splice?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

4. Which of these sentences needs a

comma and the conjunction or?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 6

5. Which is a compound

sentence that is written

correctly?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 4

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

6. How can you correct

Sentence 3?

A take out the comma

B add the conjunction or

C add the conjunction but

D add a comma





Lesson 7Identify each word group as a comma splice or run-on sentence. Then rewrite each one correctly as a compound sentence.

1. The ranch is large, I walk all the way around it.

2. I help him with some of the chores he thanks me.

3. We can go to see the cattle, we can explore the barn.

4. I water the plants, she washes the windows.

5. We feed the hens we do not feed the horses.

Write each pair of sentences as a compound sentence, using or, and, or but.

6. I make my bed. I wash and fold my clothes.

7. My aunt and uncle cook dinner. We all eat together.

8. We can have chicken and salad. We can have pork chops and green beans.

9. My grandmother is a good cook. She does not like washing and drying the dishes.

10. I eat all of my dinner. I eat some dessert.



Name Prepositional Phrases

Lesson 8Underline the prepositional phrase. Circle the object of the preposition.

1. This center teaches computer skills to students.

2. Today’s lesson is across the hall.

3. After the break, there will be a demonstration.

4. There are several workstations in the room.

5. You can share a computer with a classmate.

6. Read the instructions on the chalkboard.

Circle each prepositional phrase. Write each preposition and its object.

7. Hugo and Mia work together on a report.

8. Mia suggests getting information from websites.

9. They visit a library near their school.

10. The power switch is behind the monitor.

11. Mia searches for information.

12. The students feel good about their work.

Rewrite this sentence several times: We searched the Internet. Add a different

prepositional phrase each time. How many different sentences can you make?




Lesson 8Rewrite the paragraph. Choose prepositions from thebox to complete each sentence. Use each preposition only once.

Yesterday, my sister and I went shopping (1) our

grandmother. Early (2) the morning, we left the house.

We drove (3) the electronics store. My grandmother led us

(4) the store. (5) a while, we found the

computer section. There were sale signs (6) our heads. My

grandmother asked questions (7) each computer. My sister

and I practiced typing (8) the keyboards. My grandmother

bought a new computer (9) our home!

Complete each sentence with a prepositional phrase.

10. We are using the computers .

11. I am sitting .

12. The librarian is .

13. I see my teacher .

above about with to intoin for after on through



Name

Lesson 8Read this part of a student’s rough draft. Then answerthe questions that follow.

(1) My family lives on a farm. (2) Before we eat breakfast, we do many

chores. (3) Sometimes I collect eggs from the chickens. (4) On other

days, I help care for the horses. (5) I use a pitchfork and get hay from the

hayloft. (6) I place the fresh hay in their stalls.

1. Which is the preposition in

Sentence 3?

A Sometimes

B collect

C from

D There is no preposition.

2. Which is the object of the

preposition in Sentence 5?

A I

B pitchfork

C hay

D hayloft

3. Which is the prepositional phrase in

Sentence 1?

A My family

B lives on

C on a farm

D farm

4. Which sentence has two

prepositional phrases?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5


Sentence 6?

A I

B place

C the

D in



A fresh

B hay

C their

D stalls





Lesson 8Write each prepositional phrase. Underline the preposition and circle its object.

1. There are many kinds of computer systems.

2. Some computer programs are used in office work.

3. Other programs create art with drawing tools.

4. Many people play games on computers.

5. Friends send photographs through e-mail.

6. We use computers for learning.

7. If you walk into a school, you will see many computers.

8. Computers are a good source of information.

Rewrite each sentence, using a preposition from the box to complete it.Use each word only once.

9. a power failure, you may lose computer files.

10. It is best to save extra copies your work.

11. You can print files a printer.

12. You can also save data a disk.

after with on of



Name Clauses and

Phrases; Complex Sentences

Lesson 9Tell whether each group of words forms an independent clause or a dependent clause.

1. My father used birch for basket frames

2. Before he collected the plants

3. Because my aunts liked willow plants

4. My mother started to work

5. When she finished her bundle of plants

6. Since the birch trees were far away

7. We drove in a car to find them

8. When her grandson learned to weave

Find the independent and dependent clauses in these sentences. Draw one line under each independent clause. Draw two lines under each dependent clause.

9. After the instructor gave the directions, all of the students began weaving.

10. The instructor was pleased because the students worked quietly.

11. While the students practiced, the instructor walked around the room answering

questions.

12. Because there were only ten sets of materials, two students shared.

13. Each person helped clean up, since this was the last class of the day.

14. When the class was over, the students thanked the teacher.

15. Before the students left, they showed their baskets.

Write a sentence about making baskets that contains one independent clause and

one dependent clause. Draw one line under the independent clause. Draw two lines

under the dependent clause.



Name Clauses and


Lesson 9Label each sentence simple, compound, or complex.

1. My favorite material for weaving is pine.

2. Rita would show you her baskets, but she is too tired.

3. Before this year’s festival, I will make many baskets.

4. After we finish this one, let’s stop for the day.

5. There are so many types of baskets that I would like to make.

6. My friend and I asked for help in finding the right type of plants.

7. Eva made this basket, and I think it is so pretty.

8. I am happy that Paolo likes this basket, since it is my favorite.

Combine the pairs of sentences to make complex sentences. Use commas when they are needed. The connecting words in the box may help you.

9. Ms. Tamez goes to the mountains often. They are near her home.

10. Robert collects branches. Ms. Tamez looks for branches, too.

11. They found the plants they want. They walk home.

12. Robert and Ms. Tamez begin weaving. They eat dinner.

although if because beforewhen after since



Name


(1) When Sonia wakes up in the morning, the fi rst thing she does is go to her

window. (2) Although she could listen to the radio she likes to check the weather

by looking outside. (3) Sonia wakes her sisters, and she prepares a picnic lunch.

(4) Since the weather is nice the girls will collect plants for weaving. (5) Th e

basket festival is next month!

1. Which is an independent clause?

A When Sonia wakes up in the

morning (Sentence 1)

B Although she could listen to

the radio (Sentence 2)

C she likes to check the weather by

looking outside (Sentence 2)

D Since the weather is nice

(Sentence 4)

2. Where should there be a comma in

Sentence 4?

A after the word since

B after the word nice

C after the word girls

D after the word picnic

3. Which is NOT a complex sentence?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 4

4. Which is a simple sentence?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

5. Which is a dependent clause?

A the fi rst thing she does is go to

her window (Sentence 1)

B Sonia wakes her sisters

(Sentence 3)

C she prepares a picnic lunch

(Sentence 3)

D Since the weather is nice

(Sentence 4)

6. Which has a dependent clause that

needs a comma?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 5




Name Clauses and


Lesson 9Rewrite each sentence. Add the type of clause shown in parentheses. Remember to add commas as needed.

1. Although baskets are mostly used to hold things,

. (independent)

2. Before I use any materials for weaving,

. (independent)

3. Maya collected weaving materials in the mountains. (dependent)

4. her mother showed her how to weave. (dependent)

Make complex sentences from the sentence pairs. Underline the independent clause once and the dependent clause twice. The first one is done for you.

5. My school days end at 3:30 P.M. I help my family weave baskets.

6. Artie wants to learn to weave. He can take free classes.

7. My mother collects pine needles. She soaks them in water.

8. Marian cuts many reeds. She will make baskets for the festival.

9. Tonya finds a book about weaving. She tries to make a basket.

10. The weavers sit down. They are ready to begin weaving.

When my school days end at 3:30 P.M., I help my family weave baskets.



Name

Lesson 10

Grammar–WritingConnection


(1) My family cooks and eats dinner together. (2) We plan the week’s menus on

Saturday we go shopping for groceries on Sunday. (3) We make many diff erent

dishes. (4) My father and my sister like to make pizza, but my mother and I like

spaghetti best. (5) I think making dinner is fun, but it is not as much fun as eating it!

1. Which sentence is a

run-on sentence?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

2. Which are the simple predicates

of Sentence 1?

A My and family

B family and cooks

C cooks and eats

D eats and dinner

3. Which of these sentences is

a simple sentence?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

4. Which sentence has a

compound subject AND

is a compound sentence?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

5. Which describes Sentence 5?

A compound sentence

B simple sentence

C compound subject

D compound predicate

6. Which is the subject of both parts

of Sentence 2?

A groceries

B Saturday

C menus

D We



Name

Lesson 10



(1) Aunt Millie stood on the dock by her sail boat. (2) She suggested a trip

across the lake. (3) Although I was nervous I agreed. (4) Before we could leave,

we had to get everything ready. (5) After we prepared the boat, we sailed into the

deep waters. (6) Because it was a great trip, I learned to love sailing!

1. Which of these is NOT a

dependent clause?

A Although I was nervous

B Before we could leave

C I learned to love sailing!

D Because it was a great trip


Sentence 2?

A she

B suggested

C a

D across



A we

B boat

C sailed

D waters

4. Which sentence has two

prepositional phrases?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 4

5. Which of these sentences is NOT

a complex sentence?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 4

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

6. Which sentence has a dependent

clause that is missing a comma?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6



Name Common and Proper Nouns

Lesson 11Write common or proper to identify each underlined noun.

1. The insect rests on the branch.

2. Thea takes a walk in the woods.

3. The tree is very tall.

4. My mother is in the garden.

5. Grandpa picks flowers.

6. The children see butterflies in the field.

7. The worm crawls along the ground.

8. Darron searches for frogs by the creek.

9. There is a picnic by the lake on Labor Day.

Rewrite each sentence. Underline the common nouns. Circle the proper nouns.

10. My class celebrates Earth Day.

11. We learn about many different animials.

12. Our teacher is Mrs. Abrams.

13. She talks about pandas and gorillas.

14. Marie asks a question.

15. On Friday we write reports.




Lesson 11Write the abbreviation for each of the following words.

1. February

2. Thursday

3. Avenue

4. ounces

5. August

6. miles

7. Street

Rewrite the words below. Replace each abbreviation with the full word.

8. Dr. Vilar

9. Henderson Rd.

10. Mt. Mitchell

11. 20 cm

12. Mr. McDonald

13. Oct. 23

14. Tues.

15. Mrs. Pilmar



Name

Lesson 11


Read this part of a student’s rough draft. Thenanswer the questions that follow.

(1) In the winter many butterfl ies migrate to mexico. (2) Millions

of Butterfl ies fl y across the United States. (3) My friend Jeremiah

lives in Texas. (4) He counts the monarchs he sees migrating. (5) On

September 12, jeremiah counts more than 100 butterfl ies in one hour!

1. Which word in Sentence 1 should

be capitalized?

A winter

B many

C butterfl ies

D mexico

2. Which is the correct abbreviation for

United States in Sentence 2?

A Un.St.

B US

C US.

D U.S.

3. Which word is a common noun in

Sentence 3?

A friend

B Jeremiah

C lives

D Texas


NOT be capitalized?

A Millions

B Butterfl ies

C United

D States

5. Which is the correct abbreviation for

the word September in Sentence 5?

A Sep.

B Spt.

C Sept.

D Septem.

6. Which word in Sentence 5 should be

capitalized?

A counted

B jeremiah

C butterfl ies

D hour




Lesson 11Fill in each blank with a common noun.

1. At the , we learned about ocean animals.

2. The tour guide showed us a model of a .

3. We also saw a film about .

4. Learning about the was my favorite part.

5. Our , Ms. Rodondo, told us to get on the bus.

6. When we got back to , we wrote reports.

7. I told my about my field trip.

Fill in each blank with a proper noun. Use abbreviations for titles of people.

8. is a park ranger.

9. We go swimming in the .

10. The park is closed on .

11. Tara and like to collect rocks.

12. My dog, , barks at the birds.

13. Around the campfire, we sing a song called .

14. drives me home.

15. On , I write about our visit to the park.



Name Singular andPlural Nouns

Lesson 12Draw a line under each noun. Write an S for each singularnoun and a P for each plural noun.

1. The trip to the mountains was fun.

2. The visitors came from around the world.

3. My friend collected rocks.

4. The smallest stones were found by the stream.

5. There were rare gems at the museum.

6. The most valuable ones were displayed in cases.

7. The guide said that rocks are made of minerals.

Rewrite each sentence. Complete each one with the plural form of the word in parentheses ( ).

8. The scientists found . (fossil)

9. They heard erupt. (volcano)

10. The damage was caused by . (earthquake)

11. The were buried under ash. (city)

12. We enjoyed our geology . (class)




Lesson 12Write the plural form of each noun.

1. person

2. man

3. woman

4. life

5. shelf

6. leaf

7. moose

8. fish

9. goose

10. deer

Rewrite each sentence. Replace the underlined word with the plural formof the noun.

11. The child and the guide hiked up the hill.

12. The rocks were sharp under their foot.

13. They saw mouse run across the ground.

14. One tree had marks from a bear’s tooth.

15. The campers had packed their knife for cooking.



Name

Lesson 12



(1) I live in a big city. (2) When I want to play outdoors, I go to one

of the park. (3) At the park, I can play with other child. (4) I can see fi sh

in the ponds, berries on the bushes, and birds and butterfl ies in the air.

(5) Sometimes I play hide-and-seek among the tree. (6) I can do

activities at the park for fun.

1. Which is the correct plural form of

the word city?

A citys

B cities

C cites

D cityes


the underlined word in Sentence 2?

A parkes

B parx

C parks

D park


the underlined word in Sentence 3?

A children

B childs

C childes

D childies

4. How many plural nouns are in

Sentence 4?

A three

B four

C fi ve

D six

5. Which word in Sentence 5 should be

a plural noun?

A Sometimes

B play

C hide-and-seek

D tree

6. Which is the singular form of the

plural noun activities in Sentence 6?

A activiti

B activitie

C activity

D activitey




Lesson 12

Last week, I toured the (4) farm outside of town. At the fi rst farm, I saw

(5) pig, (6) horse, and (7) cow. Some of the cows had recently had (8) baby. Young

cows are called (9) calf. Th e (10) owner of the farm told me many interesting

(11) story about life on a farm. Th ey also told me about some of the (12) job they

do. One job is to feed the (13) animal. Another job is to shear the (14) sheep and

the (15) lamb. I enjoyed my visit very much.

Rewrite each sentence. Complete it with the plural form of the word in parentheses ( ).

1. Did you see the wild on the island? (pony)

2. We saw blueberry on that hill. (bush)

3. The ran through the forest. (fox)

Rewrite the paragraph. Change the underlined singular nouns to plural nouns.



Name PossessiveNouns

Lesson 13Rewrite each phrase, using a possessive noun.

1. the paddle of the boy

2. the water of the campers

3. the canoe belonging to my aunt

4. the leaves of the trees

5. the nest of the birds

6. the cabin belonging to my grandfather

7. the backpack of my sister

8. the dog of the girls

9. the hose of the firefighter

Rewrite each sentence, using the possessive form of the noun in parentheses ( ).

10. My tent is red and blue. (uncle)

11. The camping trip is a great success. (family)

12. The boy heard the barks. (dogs)

13. Aunt Meg takes the boots to the shed. (boys)

14. The camp is down the hill. (women)

15. The concern is that the bridge is not safe. (park rangers)




Lesson 13Identify each underlined noun as plural, singularpossessive, or plural possessive.

1. At the park’s entrance, there is an information booth.

2. The booth’s sign asks visitors to be careful.

3. It is visitors’ responsibility to prevent forest fires.

4. Matches are used to light a campfire.

5. Sometimes fires’ flames do not go out immediately.

6. When the fire is out, pour water over the ashes.

7. Dry grasses catch fire quickly.

8. A tree’s leaves can burn, too.

9. Firefighters watch the forest from tall lookout towers.

10. A firefighter’s tools for fighting fires include hoses.

Write the plural, singular possessive, and plural possessive form of each noun.

11. moose

12. calf

13. goose

14. wolf

15. knife

16. community

17. dish

18. song

19. glove

20. table



Name

Lesson 13



(1) Last summer, my friend’s and I went to an orchard to pick apples.

(2) � e orchard’s owners gave us baskets and showed us the rows of apple

trees. (3) � e apples’ scent was sweet. (4) On each tree’s trunk there was a

ladder. (5) My friends and I climbed up the ladders’ rungs until we were

hidden in the trees’ leaves. (6) We picked apples until our baskets were full.

1. Which word in Sentence 2 is a

singular possessive noun?

A orchard’s

B owners

C baskets

D rows

2. In which sentence is the word tree

written as a plural possessive noun?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

3. Which form of the word apple is

NOT in the passage?

A singular

B singular possessive

C plural

D plural possessive

4. Which describes the word

ladders’ in Sentence 5?

A singular noun

B singular possessive noun

C plural noun

D plural possessive noun

5. Which sentence contains a

possessive noun that should be

written as a plural noun?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 4

6. Which describes the word baskets in

Sentence 6?

A singular noun


C plural noun





Lesson 13Identify each underlined noun as plural, singularpossessive, or plural possessive.

1. The boys’ trip down the river was exciting.

2. I put the children’s names on their backpacks.

3. The kayak’s paddle was missing.

4. There were two seats in the large kayak.

5. The instructor told them to grab the paddle’s handle.

6. The rushing sounds of running water got louder.

7. They fastened their lifejackets’ straps tightly.

Rewrite each sentence, using the possessive form of the noun in parentheses ( ).

8. The favorite acitivity is to hike the trails near the school.

(students)

9. Adina knows which of the signs to follow. (trail)

10. Her wish is to become a park ranger. (life)

11. Using the map, we can find the location. (campsite)

12. I hold onto the handrail as I cross the river. (bridge)



Name Pronouns andAntecedents

Lesson 14Underline the pronouns. Circle each pronoun’s antecedent.

1. The farmer was happy when she got home.

2. Beth led the cow into her stall.

3. The man knew he had to buy more seeds.

4. When the trees grew tall, they shaded the house.

5. The horses saw the hay and began eating it.

6. Mr. Smith picked up the tools and put them in the shed.

7. Ms. Daniels has boots, but they are too small.

Rewrite each sentence. Replace the underlined word or words with pronouns.

8. The cat picked up the kittens and carried the kittens.

9. The jar of peaches fell, but the jar of peaches did not break.

10. William asked Janine if Janine would rake the lawn.

11. The vet asked the owners if the owners had any questions.

12. When the boy saw the horse, the boy was happy.

Write two sentences using pronouns. Trade sentences with a friend, and rewrite his or her

sentences, replacing the pronouns with nouns.




Lesson 14Circle the correct pronoun in parentheses ( ).

1. The farmers planted seeds. Then the birds ate (it, them).

2. Suddenly the rain began. People said that (it, he) would ruin the crops.

3. Nancy and Pablo hugged the dog. (We, They) told the dog to be good.

4. Please put the wheat in the barn. (It, He) will get wet.

5. Tom and Gwen were happy. (She, They) had grown a prize pumpkin.

6. Daniel was tired. (He, They) decided not to do his chores.

7. A calf was born last week. (They, It) weighed about 50 pounds.

Rewrite the following paragraph, replacing the underlined word or words with a pronoun.

Jason, I want to tell (8) Jason about my trip to the mountains. (9) � e trip was

fantastic! I went with my sister, Dionne, and (10) Dionne had a good time, too.

(11) Dionne and I went to the Rocky Mountains. (12) � e Rocky Mountains

were so beautiful! Although the temperature was warm, there was snow on

(13) the Rocky Mountains. I made snowballs and threw (14) the snowballs at

Dionne. (15) Dionne laughed, and (16) Dionne started throwing snowballs, too.

Can (17) Jason believe that (18) Dionne and I had a snowball fi ght in June?



Name

Lesson 14



(1) Last spring, I met my friends Lydia and Gene. (2) � ey moved

here from Texas. (3) Lydia, Gene, and I met at the creek by the

school. (4) I liked to go there to listen to the water as it ran over the

rocks. (5) Lydia and Gene liked to hear them, too. (6) Soon we were

playing together every day!

1. Which word in Sentence 1 is a

pronoun?

A Last

B I

C friends

D Gene

2. Which is the antecedent for the

pronoun they in Sentence 2?

A spring

B I

C Lydia and Gene

D Texas

3. Which pronoun is used incorrectly in

the passage?

A They

B I

C it

D them

4. Which pronoun could replace the

underlined words in Sentence 3?

A They

B She

C We

D Us

5. Which word is the antecedent for

the pronoun it in Sentence 4?

A I

B there

C water

D rocks



A They

B We

C You

D Them




Lesson 14Underline each noun. Rewrite each sentence, replacingeach noun with a pronoun.

1. Tina brushed the horse.

2. Did Carter see Helen?

3. Mr. Finn found the rake.

4. The dog shook the bone.

5. Aunt Mary went with the girls.

6. The brothers waved to Mr. Lewis.

Write each pronoun and its antecedent.

7. Dana and Giles told Lisa that she had missed riding practice. They walked her home.

8. After Phyllis saw the horse competition, she couldn’t stop talking about it. She

said it was very exciting!

9. Blake let Jasmin borrow the camera for the State Fair. She accidentally broke it.

He was not angry, because it was old.

10. Jen told Grandma and Grandpa that they make the best apple pies. They said

the pies taste good to them, too.



Name

Lesson 15



(1) Mistress Hernandez, the camp swimming Instructor, announced some

special events for child this Fourth of July. (2) � ere will be diving competitions,

swimming races, and boat races in dogwood lake. (3) � ere will be prizes for all

the winners of the events. (4) In the evening, a band will perform.


NOT be capitalized?

A Mistress

B Instructor

C Fourth

D July

2. How should the underlined noun in

Sentence 1 be written?

A childs

B childies

C childes

D children

3. Which of these is the correct

abbreviaton for the underlined word

in Sentence 1?

A Mr.

B Ms.

C Mrs.

D Miss

4. Which words in Sentence 2 should

be capitalized?

A diving competitions

B swimming races

C boat races

D dogwood lake

5. How many plural nouns are in

Sentence 3?

A two

B three

C four

D none

6. Which sentence has no

plural nouns?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 4



Name Grammar–WritingConnection


(1) My cousins’, Jen and Angel, competed in a swim meet last week.

(2) My brother Pablo and I like to watch them swim, so we went to the meet,

too. (3) When Pablo and I arrived, Jen and Angel told us that they have lucky

swimsuits. (4) My cousins must be right because they each won an event!

(5) I got to hold my cousins’ trophies and celebrate with them.


pronoun they in Sentence 3?

A Jen and Angel

B Pablo and I

C brother Pablo

D cousins


pronoun we in Sentence 2?

A Jen and Angel

B brother Pablo

C Pablo and I

D them

3. Which describes the word

cousins’ in Sentence 5?

A singular noun


C plural noun


4. Which sentence has a plural

possessive noun that should

be a plural noun?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

5. Which describes the word trophies in

Sentence 5?

A singular noun


C plural noun


6. How many pronouns are in

Sentence 3?

A one

B two

C three

D four



Name Subject and

ObjectPronouns

Lesson 16Write SP for subject pronoun or OP for object pronoun to identify each underlined word.

1. Rebecca gave him a book about inventors.

2. Kyle asked us to help design a racing sled.

3. We were excited about helping invent a new toy!

4. They tested the racing sled on the hill.

5. It worked really well!

6. Kyle was proud of it.

7. They looked cold and tired.

8. Rebecca invited them inside for milk and cookies.

9. She said that chocolate chip cookies were her favorite snack.

Rewrite each sentence. Replace the underlined word or words with a pronoun.

10. The fire escape was invented by Anna Connelly.

11. Drake and Claude developed a new type of backpack.

12. Maria Beasley designed the first life raft.

13. Eli Whitney created many useful things.

14. Would these inventions win prizes?

15. The decision was not up to you and me.



Name Subject and

ObjectPronouns

Lesson 16Rewrite each sentence. Choose the correct words inparentheses ( ).

1. (Tim, Lisa, and I/I, Tim, and Lisa) are making a presentation.

2. Our teacher asked (Tim and me/me and Tim) to do some research.

3. Then (I and Lisa/Lisa and I) worked on the next part.

4. (I and she/She and I) drew pictures of famous inventions.

5. Tim read his introduction to (me and Lisa/Lisa and me).

6. Our teacher congratulated (Tim, Lisa, and me/me, Tim, and Lisa).

If the order of pronouns in the sentence is correct, write correct. If the order is incorrect, rewrite the sentence correctly.

7. I and Lana read a book about Sarah Goode.

8. She and I studied women inventors.

9. I and you must decide which book to read next.

10. Heather invited Dominic and me to study with her.



Name

Lesson 16



(1) Today me and Ella learned about an inventor named Sarah

Goode. (2) Have you heard of Sarah Goode? (3) In the 1880s, she saw that

families living in cities had very small apartments, and families needed to

save space. (4) Her designed a new kind of bed. (5) folded into

a cabinet and became a desk. (6) I think that invention is clever!

1. Which words should replace the

words me and Ella to correct

Sentence 1?

A Ella and me

B Ella and I

C I and Ella

D he and Ella

2. Which pronoun would best

complete Sentence 5?

A She

B They

C It

D Them


words Sarah Goode in Sentence 2?

A her

B she

C it

D them

4. Which of the following sentences

has an incorrect pronoun?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5


second families in Sentence 3?

A we

B them

C they

D he


words that invention in Sentence 6?

A her

B it

C they

D us



Name Subject and

ObjectPronouns

Lesson 16Fill in each blank with a pronoun from the box. Not all of the pronouns will be used.

1. James thinks would like to design video games.

2. Dion showed a model of the toy he made.

3. My friend Noelle invented a game, and we played .

4. told Rafiq that his idea would save people time.

5. Pia and entered the competition together.

6. Damien is nervous, but his friends will be there with .

7. Raven asked Ron and to help.

Rewrite each sentence. Replace the underlined word or words with a pronoun. Write subject or object to identify each kind of pronoun.

8. Fred gave a report on Tabitha Babbitt.

9. Tabitha Babbitt invented the circular saw.

10. Trey and Marie told Fred the report was terrific.

me her it him I shehe they we us them



Name Possessive

and Refl exivePronouns

Lesson 17Write the possessive pronoun that could replace eachgroup of words.

Before a Noun Stand Alone

1. belonging to us

2. belonging to them

3. owned by the boy

4. belonging to me

5. belonging to you

6. the girl‘s

Rewrite each sentence, replacing the underlined word or words with a

possessive pronoun.

7. This is Danita’s painting.

8. The paper on the easel is Patrick’s.

9. “I think Danita’s painting is the best,” says Danita.

10. Simon and Donna announce that the drawing is Simon’s and Donna’s.

If you were to draw a picture of yourself, what would it look like? Use possessive

pronouns to write three sentences describing the picture. Include possessive

pronouns that are used before nouns and possessive pronouns that stand alone.



Name Possessive


Lesson 17Choose the reflexive pronoun that can replace each noun or pronoun.

1. they

2. I

3. the chair

4. we

5. the girl

6. you

7. the boy

Rewrite the sentences. Choose the correct reflexive pronoun in parentheses ( ).

8. Jerome wanted to paint (himself/themselves).

9. We looked at (herself/ourselves) in the mirror.

10. Would you like to draw (yourself/itself)?

11. Did you think you could do it all by (yourselves/himself)?

12. The woman said she would buy the paints (himself/herself).

itself yourself herself themselveshimself myself ourselves



Name

Lesson 17



(1) Our teacher announced, “Today you will make a painting of your favorite

thing.” (2) She said the students could decide what to paint all by .

(3) At fi rst, many students just stared at the students’ blank papers. (4) # en a

boy named Fernando began painting birds on Fernando’s paper. (5) Lucia began

painting basketballs on hers. (6) Soon we were all enjoying ourselves!

1. Which is a reflexive pronoun?

A Our (Sentence 1)

B your (Sentence 1)

C hers (Sentence 5)

D ourselves (Sentence 6)

2. Which is the correct reflexive

pronoun to fill in the blank in

Sentence 2?

A themselves

B theirself

C themself

D themselfs



A my

B their

C its

D our

4. Which sentence has a possessive

pronoun that stands alone?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

5. Which of these pronouns could

replace the underlined word in

Sentence 4?

A your

B her

C his

D its


pronoun ourselves in Sentence 6?

A boy

B Lucia

C basketballs

D we



Name Possessive


Lesson 17Write the pronoun in each sentence. Then write P if it is possessive or R if it is reflexive.

1. The artists were pleased with their work.

2. The woman admired her paintings.

3. Juanita painted all of the portraits herself.

4. I gave my painting to a dear friend.

5. The sculpture was ours.

6. Did Maria put a price tag on yours?

7. William and Peter put the exhibit together themselves.

Rewrite each sentence. Correct any errors in the use of possessive orreflexive pronouns.

8. Kyle said the illustration belonged to his.

9. That was mine picture!

10. Andrea put hers art supplies in the cabinet.

11. We helped ourself to more oil paints.

12. Joanie and Niall said they colored the poster himself.



Name Adjectives andArticles

Lesson 18Complete each sentence. Add an adjective of the typeshown in parentheses ( ).

1. The art students packed their supplies. (what kind?)

2. Douglas collected paintbrushes. (how many?)

3. Sophie put tubes of paint in a box. (how many?)

4. The teacher led them to the garden. (what kind?)

5. The students discussed the landscape. (what kind?)

6. They sketched for hours. (how many?)

7. butterflies I was drawing flew away! (which ones?)

8. Elena sat on the step. (which one?)

9. She had a talent. (what kind?)

10. I thought her painting was ! (what kind?)

Rewrite each sentence. Choose the correct articles from the parentheses ( ).

11. (A/The) workers sat down in (a/the) chairs.

12. (An/The) group was meeting in (a/an) auditorium.

13. Reese suggested (a/an) idea for (a/an) website.

14. (A/The) bosses applauded her creativity.

15. It was (a/an) exciting meeting!




Lesson 18Underline the adjectives in each sentence. Then circlethe noun each adjective describes.

1. The young girl was excited.

2. The tall, thin poet stood on the stage.

3. The white spotlight was bright.

4. Many excited people sat in the audience.

5. The man opened his small, worn book.

6. In a warm, deep voice he read the poem.

7. The elderly woman enjoyed the wonderful performance.

Complete each sentence using two adjectives from the box. Use each adjective only once. Use correct punctuation.

several bright colorful pretty uglyexciting young many big dirty

8. The lot was on the corner.

9. children discussed how to clean it up.

10. A girl said they should paint a mural.

11. One boy suggested planting flowers.

12. The project was a success!



Name


(1) Five big clowns got out of the tiny car. (2) � ey ran around in their big

orange shoes. (3) � e fi rst clown made a loud noise, and two other clowns fell

down. (4) A small child looked happy. (5) Suddenly the clowns threw their funny

colorful hats into the air and ran away. (6) � e circus tent became quiet again.

1. Which adjective in Sentence 3 tells

how many?

A fi rst

B loud

C other

D two

2. How many adjectives are in

Sentence 1?

A one

B two

C three

D four

3. Which of these words is NOT

an adjective?

A Five (Sentence 1)

B car (Sentence 1)

C happy (Sentence 4)

D funny (Sentence 5)

4. Which sentence is missing a comma

between two adjectives?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

5. What does the adjective colorful in

Sentence 5 tell the reader?

A how many

B which one

C which way

D what kind

6. Which sentence has no articles?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 6





Lesson 18Rewrite the letter. Add an adjective or adjectives todescribe each underlined noun. Correct the articleswhen necessary.

Dear Mom and Dad,

I am having a (1) time at camp. After (2) days, I met (3) friends. We do

(4) activities together.

One (5) activity is arts and crafts class. I make (6) pots and paint them

(7) colors. It takes (8) work, but I will be able to bring a (9) pot home to you!

I am happy to be at (16) camp, and I feel lucky to have (17) parents.

Please give my (18) dog a (19) hug from me.

Your (20) son,

Kyle



Name Comparingwith Adjectives

Lesson 19Write the form of the adjective used to compare people,places, or things.

Compare One with One Compare One with More than One

1. interesting

2. happy

3. great

4. hungry

5. amazing

6. cold

Rewrite each sentence. Use the correct form of the adjective in parentheses.

7. The apple tree was the of all the trees. (old)

8. The apple is a fruit than the pear. (popular)

9. Leo said that strawberries are the fruit of all. (delicious)

10. The pears were the pears he had ever eaten. (juicy)

11. “This pear is than that pear,” stated the girl. (small)

12. A grapefruit is than an orange. (large)




Lesson 19Complete each sentence with a correct form of good.

1. Aunt Jackie’s pumpkin pie is than the one from the store.

2. Adding extra spices to the pie filling is a idea.

3. Rene’s apple pie is than her last apple pie.

4. The competition is to find who makes the peach preserves.

5. To grow the flowers, you have to work hard.

6. Grandpa tells me that his garden is than his neighbor’s garden.

7. Luis thinks this book is .

8. Of all of the stories I have read, this story is the .

9. Do you think the ending of the story is ?

10. That was the of the three books.

Complete each sentence with a correct form of bad.

11. That peach tasted .

12. This year’s harvest was than last year’s.

13. Aunt Lin said the berry crisp was the she has ever tasted.

14. The old scarecrow looks .

15. Jalinda said this year’s lemons were the she has ever seen.

16. John said that I was not a gardener than he was.

17. I did not enjoy cooking because I was the chef in my family.

18. The preserves were , and I did not eat them.

19. The weather was today than yesterday.

20. Yesterday I felt because I ate too many crabapples.



Name

Lesson 19



(1) Patty’s Pies is the great bakery. (2) It has the most best cherry pie.

(3) My friend Lee says that its apple pie is the delicious he has ever had.

(4) � e staff is more nice than the staff at the other local bakery. (5) You may

notice that the decorations at Patty’s Pies are than those at the other

bakery. (6) However, the pies are better at Patty’s, and that is what counts!

1. Which is the correct way to write

great when comparing three or

more things (Sentence 1)?

A greatest

B more great

C most great

D correct as is

2. Which word or words should

replace the underlined words

in Sentence 2?

A more good

B best

C more better

D correct as is


replace the underlined word in

Sentence 3?

A deliciousest

B more delicious

C most delicious

D correct as is



in Sentence 4?

A more nicer

B most nice

C nicer

D nicest

5. Which adjective should fill in the

blank in Sentence 5?

A old

B older

C oldest

D more older

6. Which sentence uses an adjective

correctly to compare two things?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6




Lesson 19Write the correct comparative form of theunderlined adjective.

1. Sean’s basket of apples was heavy than Ollie’s basket.

2. The tree in the front yard was large than the tree in the backyard.

3. Don said it was the amazing tree he had ever seen.

4. The field trip to the orchard was the fun I have had all week.

5. Of all the fruits, the cherry is the good fruit.

6. Don’t you think that was the interesting field trip of all?

Rewrite each sentence. Correct the errors in the use of adjectives.

7. Fran chose the colorful of the three cakes.

8. Was that menu most recent than the one we have at home?

9. Ana ate dinner more later than Tyrone.

10. That meal was the most better meal that Kate had ever eaten.

11. The pie tasted more bad than the cheesecake.

12. Mr. Young says the pastries are tastiest than the ones he made.



Name


(1) � is month our reading club had its anniversary party. (2) I baked the

cake for the party myself. (3) My friends Raoul and Belinda helped me decorate

it. (4) Raoul, Belinda, and I made the cake look like our club’s fi rst book.

(5) Raoul did the writing on the cake by . (6) � ere were other

desserts at the party, but the best one was ours!

1. Which is NOT a possessive pronoun?

A our (Sentence 1)

B its (Sentence 1)

C myself (Sentence 2)

D My (Sentence 3)



A They

B We

C Us

D You

3. Which of the following sentences

has a possessive pronoun that is not

used before a noun?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 4

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6


pronoun it in Sentence 3?

A club

B party

C cake

D friends

5. Which reflexive pronoun could fill

the blank in Sentence 5?

A yourself

B ourselves

C himself

D themselves

6. Which sentence has the most

pronouns?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 6




Name


(1) � e best pet Sandy ever owned was a small friendly pig named Gertrude.

(2) She thought this pig was the most cute animal she had ever seen. (3) Sandy

took good care of an adorable pig. (4) � e most fun was taking Gertrude for walks

down the street. (5) People gave Sandy most cheerful greetings than when she

walked by herself. (6) “A pig is better than a dog for a pet!” said Sandy.

1. Which adjective from the passage

tells which one?

A best

B this

C good

D fun

2. Which is the correct way to write

cute when comparing more than

two things in Sentence 2?

A more cute

B more cuter

C cuter

D cutest

3. Which is the correct word to replace

the article in Sentence 3?

A a

B the

C its

D correct as is



in Sentence 5?

A cheerfuller

B cheerfullest

C more cheerful

D correct as is

5. Which sentence is missing a comma

between two adjectives?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

6. Which noun does the adjective

better describe in Sentence 6?

A pig

B dog

C pet

D Sandy




Name Main and Helping Verbs

Lesson 21Underline the verb in each sentence.

1. We moved here last week.

2. I met a new friend today.

3. The librarian told me a story.

4. Long ago, a princess visited our town.

5. She brought her dog with her.

6. Many children read the book.

7. Older people remember the event.

Rewrite each sentence. Use a verb to complete each one.

8. She through the park.

9. My school day at 8:30 A.M.

10. The large dog to the child.

11. I the family that lives upstairs.

12. The family three children.

13. My father the large box.

14. Do you animals?




Lesson 21Underline the main verb. Circle the helping verb.

1. Toby’s pet fish was swimming in the tank.

2. They have not purchased the fish bowl yet.

3. Toby’s mother was walking to the pet store.

4. She will buy the largest fish bowl.

Rewrite each sentence. Use a helping verb and a form of the verb in parentheses ( ).

5. My dog (behave) inside the house.

6. A bear (scare) me, too.

7. The newspaper (publish) an article about the incident.

8. The woman (shake) her head.

9. You (go) outside to play.

10. The class (end) early today.

11. The schoolchildren (write) stories about their pets.



Name

Lesson 21



(1) My friend’s dog escaped from the yard. (2) She had

squeezed through the fence. (3) She ran down the street. (4) Soon

she was panting hard. (5) � en we caught her. (6) We will defi nitely

fi x the hole in the fence!

1. Which has a helping verb?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 5

2. Which is NOT a main verb in

the passage?

A escaped (Sentence 1)

B had (Sentence 2)

C caught (Sentence 5)

D fi x (Sentence 6)

3. Which are the main verbs in

Sentences 2 and 6?

A squeezed and fi x

B had and fi x

C had and will

D squeezed and defi nitely

4. Which verb is NOT a helping

verb in the passage?

A had (Sentence 2)

B was (Sentence 4)

C caught (Sentence 5)

D will (Sentence 6)

5. Which sentence does NOT

have a helping verb?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 6

6. Which sentence has another

word between the helping verb

and the main verb?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 4

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6




Lesson 21For each sentence, write the main verb. Then write the helping verb.

1. This dog food is made for larger dogs.

2. One bag of food can feed two adult Dalmatians.

3. I have developed a special formula for the food.

4. It could satisfy the hungriest of dogs!

5. This customer would like a sample.

6. I am buying two bags of this dog food.

Choose a helping verb from the box to complete each sentence. You may use a helping verb more than once or not at all.

7. The store staying open until 7:00 P.M.

8. Which flavor of ice cream you like?

9. Katie not make her choice yet.

10. she ever eaten a banana split?

11. My family bring potato salad to the picnic.

12. We see huge storm clouds in the sky.

13. If it rains, the picnic be canceled.

14. we meeting at the park?

15. The weather forecast says that we have sunny weather.

are would could shoulddid has will is



Name Action and Linking Verbs

Lesson 22Underline the verb in each sentence. Write action or linking to tell what kind of verb it is.

1. The family travels far from home.

2. We stay with my mother’s sister.

3. They are very welcoming.

4. My father is a hard worker.

5. A union helps the workers.

6. Our new home seems nice.

7. My brothers and I speak Spanish.

Rewrite each sentence. Complete it with the kind of verb shown inparentheses ( ).

8. Marco music on his guitar. (action)

9. He a talented musician. (linking)

10. The children anxious about traveling. (linking)

11. My friends and I to the park. (action)

12. The whole family good-bye. (action)

Write four sentences about your family. Use two action verbs and two linking verbs.




Lesson 22Underline the action verbs. Circle the linking verbs.

1. Claudio visits his grandparents in Mexico.

2. He feels excited about the trip.

3. Claudio’s grandparents are happy about the visit, too.

4. Finally, the boy arrives.

5. A young girl named Juanita says hello.

6. She is about Claudio’s age.

7. Claudio and Juanita play together.

Rewrite each sentence. Complete each one with a verb. Then write whether you used an action verb or a linking verb.

8. The young girl in a diary.

9. She worried.

10. The mother the girl.

11. People to a new country every day!

12. Soon, all of the relatives together again.



Name

Lesson 22



(1) Many people are on the bus. (2) � e driver checks our tickets.

(3) I feel nervous, but my brothers are excited. (4) We fi nally arrive at the

bus station. (5) Our father is there! (6) He hugs and kisses all of us.

1. Which sentence has a linking verb?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 6

2. Which is NOT an action verb?

A checks (Sentence 2)

B feel (Sentence 3)

C arrive (Sentence 4)

D hugs (Sentence 6)

3. Which describes the two verbs in

Sentence 3?

A Feel is linking and are is action.

B Feel is action and are is linking.

C They are both action verbs.

D They are both linking verbs.

4. Which is NOT a linking verb?

A are (Sentence 1)

B feel (Sentence 3)

C arrive (Sentence 4)

D is (Sentence 5)

5. Which sentence has an action verb?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

6. Which describes the two verbs in

Sentence 6?

A Hugs is linking and kisses is action.

B Hugs is action and kisses is linking.

C They are both action verbs.

D They are both linking verbs.




Lesson 22Write the main verb in each sentence. Then label each one as action or linking.

1. The car ride is long.

2. Raoul and Hector are tired from the trip.

3. That night, Mr. Diaz falls asleep immediately.

4. My mother and aunts cook breakfast.

5. Our home seems so far away.

6. I think about my friends there.

Add a verb to complete each sentence. Write action or linking to tell what kind of verb you used.

7. The city noisy.

8. Lola her bicycle.

9. A girl across the yard.

10. She friendly.

11. Hugo used to the city sounds.

12. I a quarter.

13. Lola a tree in the park.

14. I an ice-cream cone.

15. The ice cream delicious.



Name

Present-Tense Verbs;

Subject-Verb Agreement

Lesson 23Circle the correct present-tense form of the verb in parentheses ( ).

1. A cricket (jump, jumps) high in the air.

2. It (has, have) strong legs.

3. Do you (see, sees) many crickets in the city?

4. The big cat (look, looks) at the small insect.

5. The mice (hide, hides) behind the cupboard.

6. At the newsstand, workers (sell, sells) newspapers.

7. The subway (travel, travels) underground.

8. Mario (make, makes) a cage for his pet cricket.

9. My mother (think, thinks) crickets are noisy.

10. Some insects (chirp, chirps) loudly.

Rewrite each sentence. Use the correct present-tense form of the verb in parentheses ( ).

11. Many birds (eat) insects.

12. A cricket (rub) its wings together to make noise.

13. An insect (have) three body sections.

14. Bees, butterflies, and wasps (fly) around our garden.



Name



Lesson 23Write the form of the verb be in each sentence. Then write whether the subject is singular or plural.

1. They are at the theater already.

2. I am late for the show.

3. Her shoes are red.

4. The show is fantastic!

Rewrite each sentence with the correct present-tense form of the verb be.

5. This neighborhood near Times Square.

6. Many beautiful theaters here.

7. I amazed at the city’s enormous size.

8. There so much to see!

9. We visiting the museum today.

10. I looking forward to it.



Name

Lesson 23



(1) Insects are an important part of Chinese culture. (2) Paintings and

poems often insects. (3) People keep insects for entertainment,

too. (4) For example, a cricket may be kept as a pet. (5) A pet insect lives in

a small cage. (6) Its song bring joy to its owner.

1. Which sentence has a present-tense

form of the verb be?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

2. Which has a plural form of a verb

that should be in the singular form?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

3. Which is a verb that agrees with

its plural subject?

A keep (Sentence 3)

B makes (Sentence 4)

C example (Sentence 4)

D lives (Sentence 5)

4. Which verb could complete

Sentence 2?

A look

B has

C include

D shows

5. Which sentence has a singular

subject and a verb that agrees

with it?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

6. Which change, if any, should the

student make to Sentence 6?

A Change Its to It.

B Change bring to brings.

C Change joy to joys.

D Make no change.



Name



Lesson 23Rewrite each sentence, adding a subject from the box. Use each pronoun only once. Make sure that the subjects and verbs agree.

1. Can read a book about zoo animals today?

2. are all different kinds of animals.

3. is a really great story.

4. am not sure how it ends.

5. keeps the book on her shelf.

Write the form of the verb be in each sentence. Then write whether the subject is singular or plural.

6. We are students in Mr. Stanley’s writing class.

7. I am one of the best writers.

8. You are my favorite author.

9. This lesson is harder than last week’s lesson.

10. Mr. Stanley tells us, “You are all very talented.”

I You She It They



Name Past and Future Tenses

Lesson 24Underline the complete verb in each sentence. Write past tense or future tense to identify the tense of each verb.

1. The photographer worked all day.

2. She used her best camera.

3. At sunset, the light faded away.

4. The photographs will be pretty.

5. She rowed the boat to shore.

6. The assistant viewed the images on the computer.

7. He will choose the best ones.

8. They shouted with happiness.

9. The editor at the newspaper will like your pictures.

10. He will pay for them.

Rewrite each sentence, using the correct form of the verb in parentheses ( ).

11. Mango trees in the orchard. (grow–past tense)

12. The leaves reddish. (look–past tense)

13. Each mango fruit a single seed. (contain–past tense)

14. Mango flowers in the spring or summer. (appear–future tense)

15. The fruit about one pound. (weigh–future tense)




Lesson 24Complete the columns. Write the missing forms of each verb.

Rewrite the paragraph. Change the underlined present-tense verbs to their past-tense form.

PRESENT TENSE PAST TENSE FUTURE TENSE

1. check

2. drag

3. will call

4. stop

5. will study

6. rinsed

7. will watch

8. tried

9. clean

Shawn (10) visits Florida and (11) learns about swamp life. � e swamp

(12) appears wet and wooded. Shawn (13) counts many diff erent types of plants.

He (14) likes the cypress trees best. Shawn and his sister (15) look for animals,

such as turtles, otters, and herons.



Name

Lesson 24



(1) We spotted two brown pelicans by the marina. (2) � ey live on the sandy

beach. (3) � e pelicans fi sh. (4) � ey will use their bills and pouches to

scoop up fi sh. (5) � ey build a nest on the ground. (6) Both the male bird and

the female bird incubate the eggs.

1. Which sentence uses the past-tense

form of a verb?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

2. Which is a present-tense verb that

could complete Sentence 3?

A were

B eat

C caught

D enjoyed

3. Which sentence uses a future-tense

form of a verb?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

4. Which change, if any, should be

made in Sentence 5 to use a

future-tense verb?

A Change build to builds.

B Change build to will build.

C Change build to built.

D Make no change.

5. Which change, if any, should be

made in Sentence 6 to use a

future-tense verb?

A Change incubate to will incubate.

B Change incubate to incubates.

C Change incubate to incubated.

D Make no change.

6. Which shows the correct present,

past, and future tenses of a verb?

A spot, spots, will spot

B life, lived, will live

C uses, used, will used

D scoop, scooped, will scoop




Lesson 24Write the past-tense and future-tense forms of each present-tense verb.

1. remark

2. surround

3. smile

4. bloom

5. trade

6. grin

7. hurry

Rewrite each sentence. Write the future-tense verbs in the past tense. Write the past-tense verbs in the future tense.

8. The storm caused a lot of damage.

9. We will check the yard after the storm.

10. The heavy rain ruined my vegetable garden.

11. Our neighbors’ garage collapsed!

12. They will report this to their insurance company.



Name

Lesson 25



(1) Th e volume of the radio was loud. (2) Th e announcer was yelling about a

contest. (3) My friend Pedro had entered the contest. (4) We should listen for the

winner. (5) Wow, Pedro has won a trip to China! (6) He is so excited!

1. Which sentence has a linking verb as

its main verb?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

2. Which is NOT a main verb in the

passage?

A yelling (Sentence 2)

B entered (Sentence 3)

C should (Sentence 4)

D won (Sentence 5)

3. Which sentence does NOT have a

helping verb?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

4. Which is NOT a helping verb in the

passage?

A was (Sentence 2)

B had (Sentence 3)

C should (Sentence 4)

D is (Sentence 6)

5. Which describes the verb entered in

Sentence 3?

A helping and linking

B main and linking

C main and action

D helping and action

6. Which are the main verbs in

Sentences 4 and 5?

A listen and won

B listen and has

C should and won

D should and has



Name

Lesson 25



(1) Jamal is going to San Francisco. (2) He will ride a train from Arizona to

California. (3) Jamal packed his bags. (4) Jamal and his sister walk to the train

station. (5) $ e conductor shout, “All aboard!” (6) Jamal hugs his sister and

jumps onto the train.

1. Which verb agrees in number with

its plural subject?

A is going (Sentence 1)

B will ride (Sentence 2)

C walk (Sentence 4)

D hugs (Sentence 5)

2. Which sentence has a future-tense

verb?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 6

3. Which sentence has a verb that does

not agree with its singular subject?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

4. Which describes the verb hugs in

Sentence 6?

A past-tense

B future-tense

C present-tense

D plural

5. Which is the past-tense form of the

underlined verb in Sentence 6?

A jumped

B jump

C will jump

D jumping

6. Which sentence has a past-tense

verb?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 6



Name Irregular Verbs

Lesson 26Write the past-tense form for each present-tense verb.

1. go

2. begin

3. wear

4. throw

Rewrite each sentence. Use the correct past-tense form of the verb in parentheses ( ).

5. Ancient people the huge bones belonged to giants. (think)

6. They wrong. (be)

7. The scientist the skull in the museum’s basement. (find)

8. He the answer to the student’s question. (know)

9. Hank’s model of a dinosaur skeleton . (break)

10. We him a new model. (give)




Lesson 26Complete the chart with the correct forms of each verb.

VERB PRESENT PASTPAST WITH HELPING VERBS (have, has, had)

1. wear wear, wears

2. go go, goes

3. know know, knows

4. break break, breaks

5. begin begin, begins

6. throw throw, throws

7. be am, is, are

8. choose choose, chooses

9. draw draw, draws

10. eat eat, eats

Write this present-tense paragraph in the past tense.

Sama (11) is a good reader. Over the summer, she (12) goes to the library every

day. Sama (13) chooses a new book each time. Then she (14) begins to read. By

the end of the summer, she (15) knows a lot about many different things.




Lesson 26Rewrite the underlined verbs in the past tense.

1. Writing stories about dinosaurs is Jane’s favorite pastime.

2. She begins with a description of the dinosaur.

3. Jane thinks of its habitat.

4. Then she writes about events from her imagination.

5. When she makes a mistake, she throws the page away.

6. The stories are always great!

7. Jane knows so much about these animals.

Write a sentence to answer each question. Use the past-tense form of the verb you see in the question.

8. When did you go to bed last night?

9. What kind of shoes did you wear yesterday?

10. When did you begin your homework?

11. What did you see on your way to school today?

12. What did you think of the book?



Name


(1) We went to the Natural History Museum yesterday. (2) Th e tour of the

dinosaur exhibit was two hours long. (3) Th e museum guide suggested that we

wear comfortable shoes. (4) Instead, Arnie wore his brand-new boots. (5) He had

thought it was a good idea. (6) After just 15 minutes, Arnie knew he had made

a mistake!

1. Which verb from the passage is the

past-tense form of the verb go?

A went (Sentence 1)

B was (Sentence 2)

C wear (Sentence 3)

D wore (Sentence 4)

2. Which sentence has one verb in

the present tense and one in the

past tense?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

3. Which two sentences have a

helping verb?

A Sentences 2 and 3

B Sentences 3 and 4

C Sentences 4 and 5

D Sentences 5 and 6

4. Which two sentences do NOT

include a past-tense form of

the verb be?

A Sentences 1 and 2

B Sentences 3 and 4

C Sentences 4 and 5

D Sentences 5 and 6

5. Which verb is the past-tense form of

the verb be?

A went (Sentence 1)

B was (Sentence 2)

C wear (Sentence 3)

D wore (Sentence 4)

6. The underlined verb in Sentence 4

is the past-tense form of which

verb?

A thrill

B throw

C think

D theft




Name Easily Confused Words

Lesson 27Write the contraction for each word pair.

1. she is

2. is not

3. they have

4. does not

5. will not

6. should not

7. you are

8. I am

9. we had

10. it is

Label each underlined word as a contraction or a possessive pronoun.

11. We’re tired from walking so far.

12. The door wouldn’t close.

13. Its hinge is broken.

14. After lunch, they weren’t tired anymore.

15. The hikers put on their backpacks.

16. It’s a long way to the bottom of the canyon!

17. Your face looks sunburned.

18. I’ve put on sunscreen and a hat.

19. I think they’re resting.

20. Imagine you’re already at the top of the hill.




Lesson 27Circle the word in parentheses ( ) that correctly completes the sentence.

1. (It’s, Its) time to stop for water.

2. (They’re, Their) shoes are dry and dusty.

3. I count (four, for) coyotes.

4. The pack mules (no, know) which trail to follow.

5. (Your, You’re) taking some great pictures.

6. They plan to hike tomorrow, (to, too).

Rewrite each sentence. Use the correct word from the box to complete it.

7. This sleeping bag is .

8. I Dora yell with excitement.

9. We see a of buffalo!

10. me a postcard when you have time.

11. They the way to the campsite.

12. Are you sure Dora is ?

new knew heard herd right write



Name


(1) In two days I’m visiting Yosemite National Park with my cousins.

(2) � ey have been to the park before, but I haven’t. (3) My cousins say

they’re favorite part of the trip is seeing all of the stars at night. (4) I can’t

wait too see the stars. (5) I know its going to be fantastic!

1. Which word pair does the

contraction I’m in Sentence 1

stand for?

A I may

B I am

C I might

D I have

2. Which is the contraction for the


A They’ve

B The’ve

C They’d

D They’re

3. Which word pair does the

contraction haven’t in Sentence 2

stand for?

A have nothing

B have no

C have not

D have never

4. Which sentence incorrectly uses a

contraction where there should be

a possessive pronoun?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 5

5. Which sentence incorrectly uses

a possessive pronoun where there

should be a contraction?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

6. In which sentence is one of the

words two, too, or to used

incorrectly?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5





Lesson 27Write the contraction for each word pair.

1. can not

2. they had

3. do not

4. you have

5. we have

6. are not

7. were not

Write whether the underlined word is correct or incorrect. If the word is incorrect, write the correct one.

8. Their are many wonderful parks in the United States.

9. I haven’t been too them all.

10. If you’ve seen the Grand Canyon, you’re lucky.

11. My sister has heard that it is more than 275 miles long.

12. I’ve read it is about won mile deep!

13. Its a five-hour trip to the deepest part of the canyon.

14. Ollie’s parents showed us their photographs of the Grand Canyon.

15. I no I want to go there some day.



Name Adverbs

Lesson 28

Choose one adverb of each type, for example upstairs, frequently, and softly. Then

use each adverb in a sentence that compares more than two actions.

Circle the adverb. Then write whether the adverb tells where, when, or how.

1. Paul Bunyan worked hard to clear the land.

2. Paul Bunyan walked everywhere.

3. Paul fell in love with Carrie immediately.

4. Later, they got married.

5. My mother sings happily.

6. Sometimes I join in the song.

7. Niagara Falls is over there.

8. Today we are walking in Bryce Canyon.

Rewrite each sentence. Use the correct form of the adverb in parentheses ( ).

9. The Bunyan children grow than the neighbor’s children. (quick)

10. The girl wrestled a puma. (brave)

11. The family travels . (wide)

12. They enjoy their trips . (great)



Name Adverbs

Lesson 28Underline each verb, and circle the adverb that describesit. Then write the negative from each sentence.

1. Nobody chops down trees better than Paul Bunyan.

2. It was not difficult for him to cut trees more quickly than other loggers.

3. No ox worked harder than Babe.

4. No place looks more beautiful than Big Sur.

5. I’ve never met anyone who could sing more loudly than Sue.

Rewrite each sentence correctly, with only one negative.

6. He had never seen no big mountains before.

7. There is not nothing wrong with being a lumberjack.

8. The other loggers were not never as fast as Paul.

9. Paul hadn’t seen nothing like Babe before.

10. He couldn’t imagine no finer ox.



Name


(1) Of all the famous characters in folktales, Babe the Blue Ox worked

hardest. (2) No animal was never as strong as Babe. (3) Babe labored

more than Paul Bunyan did! (4) I happily read any stories about Paul

and Babe. (5) I thought they were the best stories of all. (6) I will write

about the story tomorrow.

1. Which of the following is NOT

an adverb in the passage?

A hardest (Sentence 1)

B strong (Sentence 2)

C more (Sentence 3)

D happily (Sentence 4)

2. Which are being compared in

Sentence 1?

A Babe and folktales

B Babe and famous characters

C famous characters and folktales

D Babe and the Blue Ox

3. Which is NOT described by

an adverb?

A worked (Sentence 1)

B labored (Sentence 3)

C read (Sentence 4)

D thought (Sentence 5)

4. Which sentence has a double

negative?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 5

5. Which sentence compares just

two actions?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

6. Which is an adverb that tells when?

A hardest (Sentence 1)

B happily (Sentence 4)

C best (Sentence 5)

D tomorrow (Sentence 6)




Name Adverbs

Lesson 28Fill in the chart with the correct forms of each adverb.

ADVERB COMPARING TWO ACTIONSCOMPARING MORE THAN TWO ACTIONS

1. quietly

2. high

3. frequently

4. well

5. carefully

6. early

Rewrite the sentences. Use adverbs from the chart above.Correct all double negatives.

7. I read books than Kate does.

8. Paul Bunyan jumps the of all.

9. She plays than her younger sister does.

10. Paul doesn’t think no animal works than Babe.



Name Punctuation

Lesson 29Complete each sentence by adding a comma, colon, or hyphen. Write comma, colon, or hyphen to identify the punctuation mark you added.

1. I once visited Anchorage Alaska.

2. This is what I took a camera, my suitcase, and a travel book.

3. My uncle, who is twenty two, also came.

4. One day, we took the train to Fairbanks Alaska.

5. I ate chocolate covered peanuts on the train.

6. I saw these animals from the train a moose, a bear, and a fox.

7. The train arrived in the Fairbanks station at 7 30 P.M.

8. My trip ended on August 20 2006.

Rewrite each sentence. Correctly write each title.

9. John Muir wrote a book called The Story of My Boyhood and Youth.

10. Alaska’s Flag is the title of the state song.

11. My mom thinks the newspaper USA Today is the best newspaper.

12. Have you seen the movie 101 Dalmatians?

13. A young orphan takes in a stray dog in the play Annie.

14. Charlotte’s Web is my favorite book.



Name Punctuation

Lesson 29If the use of quotation marks is correct, write correct. If the use of quotation marks is incorrect, write incorrect.

1. “What do you know about Alaska? asked Philip.”

2. “I know it became the forty-ninth state in 1959,” answered Drea.

3. Samuel said, “Isn’t Alaska the largest state?

4. It’s twice the size of Texas! exclaimed Raoul.

5. The largest city is Anchorage, “said Anna.”

Rewrite each sentence. Add quotation marks and commaswhere they are needed.

6. Have you heard of Mt. McKinley? asked Yetta.

7. It is the highest point in North America said Marvin.

8. Win said, Alaska became a state on January 3 1959.

9. The state flower is the forget-me-not, announced Jay.

10. Alaska has a lot of oil said Patik.

11. Debbie said, Oil is an important natural resource.

12. You can travel to Juneau, Alaska, only by boat or by plane, said Zora.



Name


(1) “On October 5 2008, there will be a performance at Anchorage

Elementary School, said Mr. Pearson, the principal. (2) Tell us what the fourth-

grade students will perform, said Mr. Clark. (3) “Th e students will perform a

scene from the play Our Great State” answered Mr. Pearson. (4) “What time does

the play start?” asked Ms. Kert. (5) “Th e play starts at 800 p.m. said the principal.”

1. Which sentence is NOT missing a

comma?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 5

2. Which sentence is missing a colon?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

3. Which of the following should be

underlined?

A Anchorage Elementary School

(Sentence 1)

B Principal Pearson (Sentence 1)

C Our Great State (Sentence 3)

D Ms. Kert (Sentence 4)

4. Which sentence has no errors?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 3

C Sentence 4

D Sentence 5

5. Where should quotation marks be

added in Sentence 2?

A before Tell and after perform,

B before Tell and after Clark.

C before Tell

D after Clark.

6. Which is the name of the

punctuation mark between the

words fourth and grade in

Sentence 2?

A comma

B quotation mark

C hyphen

D colon




Name Punctuation

Lesson 29Rewrite each sentence. Correct any mistakes in punctuation.

1. The book Old Yeller is about a dog and a boy.

2. The setting of the story is Salt Lick Texas.

3. I like that story a lot says Daisy.

4. Ernesto says The movie Lassie is better.

5. I take three things to the park my ball my bat and my jacket.

6. What are you reading asks Fletcher.

7. He is reading The Mouse and the Motorcycle.

8. Edie sings This Land Is Your Land with me.

9. Kaia’s mother is thirty seven years old.

10. James says My dog is the best dog in the world!



Name


(1) Last year Grandma and I moved to a new town. (2) We had

thought that we would not know anyone there, but we did! (3) Th e

Pattersons, friends from our old neighborhood, brought us brownies

when we moved in. (4) Th ey’re house was next door. (5) Patty Patterson

said that we will go to the same school. (6) Its so nice to have friends!

1. Which sentence has helping verbs?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 6

2. Which is the contraction for the

word pair would not in Sentence 2?

A wouldn’t

B won’t

C weren’t

D wasn’t

3. Of which verb is brought (Sentence

3) the past-tense form?

A begin

B be

C bring

D bristle


possessive pronoun where there

should be a contraction?

A Sentence 3

B Sentence 4

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6


contraction where there should be

a possessive pronoun?

A Sentence 2

B Sentence 4

C Sentence 5

D Sentence 6

6. Which verb is the past-tense form

of the verb think?

A thought (Sentence 2)

B brought (Sentence 3)

C was (Sentence 4)

D said (Sentence 5)




Name


(1) First prize for the Book Report Fair goes to Shelly King announced

Mr. Langley. (2) “Her report on Shipwreck at the Bottom of the World

was the best of all, said Ms. Winston. (3) I think I worked harder than

Shelly did,” said Evan. (4) “Come quickly to get your ribbon, Shelly!”

called out Mr. Langley. (5) Shelly was not nowhere to be found. (6) “Can I

have the prize, then?” Evan asked hopefully.


comma?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 5

2. Which sentence has a double

negative?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 5

3. Which is NOT an adverb?

A fi rst (Sentence 1)

B harder (Sentence 3)

C quickly (Sentence 4)

D hopefully (Sentence 6)

4. Which sentence is NOT missing one

or more quotation marks?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 4

5. Which should be underlined?

A Book Report Fair (Sentence 1)

B Shelly King (Sentence 1)

C Shipwreck at the Bottom of the

World (Sentence 2)

D Mr. Langley (Sentence 4)

6. Which sentence compares two

actions?

A Sentence 1

B Sentence 2

C Sentence 3

D Sentence 4






INDEX

AAbbreviations, 38–40, 53

Action verbs, 77–80

Adjectives, 63–66, 72

comparing with, 67–70, 72

Adverbs, 99–102, 108

comparing with, 101–102, 108

Antecedentsagreement with pronouns, 49–52,

54, 61, 71

Apostrophesin contractions, 95, 97–98, 107

in possessive nouns, 45–48

Articles, 63, 65–66, 72

BBe (verb), 74, 76, 82–84, 93

CCapitalization

of proper nouns, 39, 53

of sentences, 1–4

of titles, 40, 103, 105–106, 108

Clausesdependent, 31, 33–34, 36

independent, 31, 33–34

Commas, 103–106, 108

between adjectives, 65, 72

in complex sentences, 32–34

in compound sentences, 24–26

in compound subjects and predicates,

20–22

Common nouns, 37, 39–40

Complete predicates, 13–16, 18

Complete sentences, 1, 3

Complete subjects, 13–16, 18

Complex sentences, 32–34, 36

Compound predicates, 19–22, 26

Compound sentences, 23–26, 32, 35

Compound subjects, 19–22, 26, 35

Conjunctions, 20, 23–26

Contractions, 95, 97–98, 107

DDeclarative sentences, 1–4, 17

Dependent clauses, 31, 33–34, 36

EEnd marks, 1–8, 17

Exclamatory sentences, 5–8, 17

FFuture-tense verbs, 85–88, 90

HHelping verbs, 74–76, 89, 93, 107

IImperative sentences, 5–8, 17

Independent clauses, 31, 33–34

Interjections, 6–8

Interrogative sentences, 1–4, 17

Irregular verbs, 91–94, 107




LLinking verbs, 77–80, 89

MMain and helping verbs, 73–76, 80, 89,

93, 107

MechanicsSee Capitalization; Punctuation

NNegatives, 100–102, 108

Nounscommon, 37, 39–40

plural possessive, 45–48, 54

possessive, 45–48, 54

proper, 37, 39–40, 53

singular and plural, 41–44, 46–48,

53–54

OObject pronouns, 55–58

PPast-tense verbs, 85–88, 90–94, 107

Possessive nouns, 45–48, 54

Possessive pronouns, 59, 61–62, 71, 95,

97, 107

Predicates, 9–12

complete, 13–16, 18

compound, 19–22, 26

simple, 13–16, 18, 21, 35

Prepositional phrases, 27–30, 36

Prepositions, 27–30, 36

Present-tense verbs, 81–83, 86, 90, 93

Pronouns, 49–52, 54, 71

antecedents of, 49–52, 54, 61, 71

plural possessive, 59, 61–62, 71, 95,

97, 107

possessive, 59, 61–62, 71, 95, 97, 107

reflexive, 60–62, 71

subject and object, 55–58

Proper nouns, 37, 39–40, 53

Punctuationapostrophes in contractions, 95, 97–98,

107

apostrophes in possessive nouns, 45–48

colons, 103, 105–106

commas, 103–106, 108

end marks, 1–8, 17

quotation marks, 104–106, 108

titles, 40, 103, 105–106, 108

QQuotation marks, 104–106, 108

RReflexive pronouns, 60–62, 71

Run-on sentences, 24–25, 35

SSentences

capitalization of, 1–4

complex, 32–34, 36

compound, 23–26, 32, 35

run-on, 24–25, 35

simple, 23, 32–33, 35




Sentences, types ofdeclarative, 1–4, 17

exclamatory, 5–8, 17

imperative, 5–8, 17

interrogative, 1–4, 17

Simple predicates, 13–16, 18, 21, 35

Simple sentences, 23, 32–33, 35

Simple subjects, 13–16, 18, 21

Singular nouns, 41–44

Singular possessive nouns, 46–48

Subject pronouns, 55–58

Subjects, 9–12, 18

complete, 13–16, 18

compound, 19–22, 26, 35

simple, 13–16, 18, 21

Subject-verb agreement, 78, 81–84, 90

TTenses

future, 85–88, 90

past, 85–88, 90–94, 107

present, 81–83, 86, 90, 93

Theme Reviews

Theme 1, 17–19

Theme 2, 35–36

Theme 3, 53–54

Theme 4, 71–72

Theme 5, 89–90

Theme 6, 107–108

Titles, 40, 103, 105–106, 108

VVerbs

action, 77–80

be, forms of, 74, 76, 82–84, 93

future tense, 85–88, 90

irregular, 91–94, 107

linking, 77–80, 89

main and helping, 73–76, 80, 89,

93, 107

past tense, 85–88, 90–94, 107

present tense, 81–83, 86, 90, 93

See also Subject-verb agreement


GrammarPractice Book

Teacher EditionGrade 4

Visit The Learning Site!

www.harcourtschool.com

Copyright © by Harcourt, Inc.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.

Requests for permission to make copies of any part of the work should be addressed to School Permissions and Copyrights, Harcourt, Inc., 6277 Sea Harbor Drive, Orlando, Florida 32887-6777. Fax: 407-345-2418.

HARCOURT and the Harcourt Logo are trademarks of Harcourt, Inc., registered in the United States of America and/or other jurisdictions.Printed in the United States of America

ISBN 10 0-15-349917-6ISBN 13 978-0-15-3499173

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 073 12 11 10 09 08 07 06

If you have received these materials as examination copies free of charge, Harcourt School Publishers retains title to the materials and they may not be resold. Resale of examination copies is strictly prohibited and is illegal.

Possession of this publication in print format does not entitle users to convert this publication, or any portion of it, into electronic format.

RXENL08ATE41_GPB_i.indd 1RXENL08ATE41_GPB_i.indd 1 10/26/06 5:19:17 PM10/26/06 5:19:17 PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

ContentsTHEME 1

Lesson 1 Declarative and Interrogative Sentences ..................................................... 3Lesson 2 Imperative and Exclamatory Sentences; Interjections ................................. 5Lesson 3 Subjects and Predicates .............................................................................. 7Lesson 4 Complete and Simple Subjects and Predicates ........................................... 9Lesson 5 Review .................................................................................................... 11

THEME 2

Lesson 6 Compound Subjects and Predicates ......................................................... 12Lesson 7 Simple and Compound Sentences ........................................................... 14Lesson 8 Prepositional Phrases ................................................................................ 16Lesson 9 Clauses and Phrases; Complex Sentences ................................................. 18Lesson 10 Review .................................................................................................... 20

THEME 3

Lesson 11 Common and Proper Nouns .................................................................... 21Lesson 12 Singular and Plural Nouns ........................................................................ 23Lesson 13 Possessive Nouns ..................................................................................... 25Lesson 14 Pronouns and Antecedents ...................................................................... 27Lesson 15 Review .................................................................................................... 29

THEME 4

Lesson 16 Subject and Object Pronouns ................................................................... 30Lesson 17 Possessive and Reflexive Pronouns ........................................................... 32Lesson 18 Adjectives and Articles ............................................................................. 34Lesson 19 Comparing with Adjectives ...................................................................... 36Lesson 20 Review .................................................................................................... 38

THEME 5

Lesson 21 Main and Helping Verbs .......................................................................... 39Lesson 22 Action and Linking Verbs ......................................................................... 41Lesson 23 Verbs: Present Tense; Subject-Verb Agreement ......................................... 43Lesson 24 Verbs: Past and Future Tenses .................................................................. 45Lesson 25 Review .................................................................................................... 47

THEME 6

Lesson 26 Irregular Verbs ........................................................................................ 48Lesson 27 Easily Confused Words ............................................................................ 50Lesson 28 Adverbs ................................................................................................... 52Lesson 29 Punctuation ............................................................................................. 54Lesson 30 Review .................................................................................................... 56

RXENL08ATE41_GPB_ii.indd iiRXENL08ATE41_GPB_ii.indd ii 10/26/06 5:20:03 PM10/26/06 5:20:03 PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eD

ecla

rati

ve a

nd

In

terr

og

ativ

e Se

nte

nce

s

Less

on

1R

ewri

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce, u

sin

g c

apit

al le

tter

s an

d e

nd

m

arks

.

1.

my

sist

er w

ent

to c

amp

yes

terd

ay

2.

the

hous

e se

ems

emp

ty

3.

even

the

dog

mis

ses

her

4.

i w

ill w

rite

her

a le

tter

5.

she

com

es h

ome

in o

ne w

eek

If t

he

wo

rds

form

a s

ente

nce

, wri

te s

ente

nce.

If t

he

wo

rds

form

a f

rag

men

t, a

dd

wo

rds

to m

ake

a co

mp

lete

sen

ten

ce.

6.

I wen

t sw

imm

ing.

7.

The

wat

er.

8.

Early

in t

he m

orni

ng.

9.

Hap

py

that

you

.

10.

The

wee

k p

asse

d q

uick

ly.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

My

sist

er w

ent t

o ca

mp

yest

erda

y.

The

hous

e se

ems

empt

y.

Even

the

dog

mis

ses

her.

I will

writ

e he

r a le

tter.

She

com

es h

ome

in o

ne w

eek.

sent

ence

The

wat

er is

col

d.

I wen

t run

ning

ear

ly in

the

mor

ning

.

They

are

hap

py th

at y

ou a

re h

ome.

sent

ence

1G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_001

.indd

19/

5/06

4:58

:57

PM

3 Student Edition p. 1

RXENL08ATE41_GPB.indd 3RXENL08ATE41_GPB.indd 3 10/4/06 9:47:41 PM10/4/06 9:47:41 PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eD

ecla

rati

ve a

nd

In

terr

og

ativ

e Se

nte

nce

s

Less

on

1La

bel

eac

h s

ente

nce

bel

ow

as

decl

arat

ive

or

inte

rrog

ativ

e.

1.

Vinc

ent

has

mov

ed t

o a

new

city

.

2.

He

likes

rid

ing

his

bike

in t

he n

ew n

eigh

borh

ood.

3.

Who

is t

he b

oy o

n th

e re

d bi

cycl

e?

4.

How

do

you

like

your

new

sch

ool?

5.

Vinc

ent

has

mad

e so

me

new

frie

nds.

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

s b

elo

w. B

egin

an

d e

nd

th

em c

orr

ectl

y.

6.

wha

t tim

e is

art

cla

ss

7.

she

rides

her

bik

e to

sch

ool

8.

whe

re is

the

bus

sto

p

9.

i rea

lly li

ke m

y ne

w fr

iend

s

10.

who

wan

ts p

izza

for

dinn

er

inte

rrog

ativ

e

decl

arat

ive

decl

arat

ive

inte

rrog

ativ

e

decl

arat

ive

Wha

t tim

e is

art

clas

s?

She

rides

her

bik

e to

sch

ool.

Whe

re is

the

bus

stop

?

I rea

lly li

ke m

y ne

w fr

iend

s.

Who

wan

ts p

izza

for d

inne

r? 2G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_002

.indd

29/

16/0

67:

29:4

6AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

1

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is m

issi

ng a

n

end

mar

k?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an in

corr

ect

end

mar

k?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is n

ot a

com

ple

te

thou

ght?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

no e

rror

s?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

wor

ds t

hat

are

not

in t

he c

orre

ct o

rder

?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is n

ot c

apita

lized

corr

ectly

?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

(1) i

wen

t to

vis

it m

y g

ran

dp

aren

ts o

ver

the

sum

mer

. (2) I

mis

sed

my

frie

nd

s a

lot

at fi

rst

(3) Th

en

I f

ou

nd

ou

t th

at

ther

e w

ere

man

y th

ings

to

do

fo

r fu

n. (4

) Hik

ing,

bik

ing,

an

d

gard

enin

g. (5

) Do

yo

u k

no

w w

hat

hap

pen

ed. (6

) I d

idn’

t w

ant

to w

hen

th

e vi

sit

was

ove

r le

ave.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

3G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_003

.indd

39/

5/06

5:01

:16

PM

4 Student Edition pp. 2–3


© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e D

ecla

rati

ve a

nd

In

terr

og

ativ

e Se

nte

nce

s

Less

on

1R

ewri

te t

hes

e se

nte

nce

s co

rrec

tly.

Put

th

e w

ord

s in

an

ord

er t

hat

mak

es s

ense

.

1.

a ne

w fr

iend

I m

ade.

2.

mee

t di

d yo

u th

e fr

iend

at

cam

p?

3.

birt

hday

par

ty h

er w

ill b

e fu

n.

4.

will

a p

rese

nt h

er y

ou g

ive?

5.

time

is w

hat

the

par

ty?

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

co

rrec

tly.

Th

en la

bel

it a

s de

clar

ativ

e o

r in

terr

ogat

ive.

6.

wha

t is

you

r fa

vorit

e th

ing

to d

o

7.

my

frie

nds

and

I lik

e to

sp

end

time

toge

ther

8.

som

etim

es w

e p

lay

gam

es

9.

do y

ou w

ant

to p

lay

outs

ide

10.

som

etim

es w

e ju

st s

it an

d ta

lk

I mad

e a

new

frie

nd.

Did

you

mee

t the

frie

nd a

t cam

p?

Her b

irthd

ay p

arty

will

be

fun.

Will

you

giv

e he

r a p

rese

nt?

Wha

t tim

e is

the

party

?

Wha

t is

your

favo

rite

thin

g to

do?

; int

erro

gativ

e

My

frien

ds a

nd I

like

to s

pend

tim

e to

geth

er.;

decl

arat

ive

Som

etim

es w

e pl

ay g

ames

.; de

clar

ativ

e

Do y

ou w

ant t

o pl

ay o

utsi

de?;

inte

rrog

ativ

e

Som

etim

es w

e ju

st s

it an

d ta

lk.;

decl

arat

ive

4G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_004

.indd

4

9/5/

06

5:03

:49

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Imp

erat

ive

and

Ex

clam

ato

rySe

nte

nce

s;In

terj

ecti

on

s

Less

on

2La

bel

eac

h s

ente

nce

as

impe

rati

ve o

r ex

clam

ator

y.

1.

Mee

t at

the

tra

ck a

t se

ven

o’cl

ock.

2.

Run

arou

nd t

he t

rack

four

tim

es t

o w

arm

up

.

3.

I can

not

belie

ve h

ow fa

st s

he r

uns!

4.

You

mus

t be

ver

y p

roud

!

5.

Take

you

r p

ositi

ons

for

the

race

.

6.

Wha

t an

am

azin

g ev

ent

this

is!

7.

We

had

so m

uch

fun

toda

y!

8.

Follo

w m

e to

the

car

.

9.

Take

a n

ap w

hen

you

get

hom

e.

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

s. A

dd

th

e co

rrec

t en

d m

arks

.

10.

Hel

p m

e fin

d m

y ru

nnin

g sh

oes

11.

How

ner

vous

I am

abo

ut t

he r

ace

12.

I am

so

hap

py

that

you

won

13.

Giv

e he

r a

bott

le o

f wat

er

14.

How

tire

d th

ey m

ust

be

15.

Wha

t a

big

trop

hy it

is

excl

amat

ory

impe

rativ

e

Help

me

find

my

runn

ing

shoe

s.

How

ner

vous

I am

abo

ut th

e ra

ce!

I am

so

happ

y th

at y

ou w

on!

Give

her

a b

ottle

of w

ater

.

How

tire

d th

ey m

ust b

e!

Wha

t a b

ig tr

ophy

it is

!

impe

rativ

e

impe

rativ

e

impe

rativ

e

impe

rativ

e

excl

amat

ory

excl

amat

ory

excl

amat

ory

5G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_005

.indd

59/

5/06

5:04

:33

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Imp

erat

ive

and

Ex

clam

ato

rySe

nte

nce

s;In

terj

ecti

on

s

Less

on

2R

ewri

te t

hes

e se

nte

nce

s w

ith

th

e co

rrec

t p

unct

uati

on

.

Then

lab

el e

ach

sen

ten

ce a

s im

pera

tive

or

excl

amat

ory.

1.

I was

so

wor

ried

abou

t tr

ying

out

for

the

scho

ol p

lay

2.

Don

’t g

ive

up o

n yo

ur d

ream

s

3.

Wor

k ha

rd in

ord

er t

o su

ccee

d

4.

Hey

you

r au

ditio

n w

as a

maz

ing

5.

Alw

ays

liste

n to

goo

d ad

vice

Dra

w o

ne

line

und

er e

ach

imp

erat

ive

sen

ten

ce. D

raw

tw

o li

nes

un

der

eac

h

excl

amat

ory

sen

ten

ce. C

ircl

e th

e in

terj

ecti

on

s.

6.

Take

you

r p

lace

s on

the

sta

ge q

uiet

ly.

7.

Smile

at

the

audi

ence

whe

n th

e cu

rtai

n go

es u

p.

8.

Ouc

h, y

ou s

tep

ped

on

my

foot

!

9.

Stan

d st

ill u

ntil

it is

you

r tu

rn t

o da

nce.

10.

How

won

derf

ul t

his

danc

e re

cita

l is!

11.

Wow

, she

jum

ps

so h

igh

and

turn

s so

fast

!

12.

List

en t

o th

e m

usic

so

you

will

kno

w w

hen

to s

tart

.

13.

Hey

, tha

t’s a

gre

at! c

ostu

me

14.

Wow

, she

is s

o st

rong

!

15.

Take

a w

alk

to s

tret

ch y

our

legs

at

inte

rmis

sion

.

I was

so

wor

ried

abou

t try

ing

out f

or th

e sc

hool

pla

y!; e

xcla

mat

ory

Don’

t giv

e up

on

your

dre

ams.

; im

pera

tive

Wor

k ha

rd in

ord

er to

suc

ceed

.; im

pera

tive

Hey,

you

r aud

ition

was

am

azin

g!; e

xcla

mat

ory

Alw

ays

liste

n to

goo

d ad

vice

.; im

pera

tive

6G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_006

.indd

69/

5/06

5:07

:15

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

2

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

shou

ld h

ave

an

excl

amat

ion

poi

nt?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is a

n im

per

ativ

e

sent

ence

?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

3.

In

whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

is t

he

pun

ctua

tion

NO

T co

rrec

t?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

4.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

has

an

inte

rject

ion?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

is n

eith

er

imp

erat

ive

nor

excl

amat

ory?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

is a

n

excl

amat

ory

sent

ence

?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

(1) Th

e

socc

er p

laye

r is

ru

nn

ing

do

wn

th

e fi

eld

. (2) H

ow

very

hap

py

he

loo

ks.

(3) H

ey, h

e k

ick

ed t

hat

bal

l so

far

! (4) H

e

has

sco

red

th

e w

inn

ing

go

al f

or

his

tea

m. (5

) Lis

ten

to

his

coac

h p

rais

e h

im. (6

) Wo

w, w

hat

a w

on

der

ful d

ay!

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

7G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_007

.indd

79/

5/06

5:07

:47

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Imp

erat

ive

and

Ex

clam

ato

ry

Sen

ten

ces;

In

terj

ecti

on

s

Less

on

2R

ewri

te t

hes

e se

nte

nce

s w

ith

th

e co

rrec

t p

unct

uati

on

.

Then

lab

el e

ach

sen

ten

ce a

s im

pera

tive

or

excl

amat

ory.

1.

Wai

t fo

r m

e af

ter

scho

ol

2.

Put

your

uni

form

s on

3.

How

exc

ited

I am

abo

ut t

he g

ame

4.

Brin

g m

e th

e ba

sket

ball

5.

Wow

you

are

a g

ood

pla

yer

6.

Tell

us t

he s

core

7.

Hey

tha

t p

laye

r ca

n re

ally

jum

p

8.

List

en t

o th

e cr

owd

yell

Wri

te a

n e

xcla

mat

ory

sen

ten

ce w

ith

an

inte

rjec

tio

n. T

hen

wri

te a

n im

per

ativ

e

sen

ten

ce.

9.

10.

Wai

t for

me

afte

r sch

ool.

; im

pera

tive

Put y

our u

nifo

rms

on. ;

impe

rativ

e

How

exc

ited

I am

abo

ut th

e ga

me!

; ex

clam

ator

y

Brin

g m

e th

e ba

sket

ball.

; im

pera

tive

Wow

, you

are

a g

ood

play

er! ;

exc

lam

ator

y

Tell

us th

e sc

ore.

; im

pera

tive

Hey,

that

pla

yer c

an re

ally

jum

p! ;

excl

amat

ory

List

en to

the

crow

d ye

ll. ;

impe

rativ

e

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

8G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_008

.indd

8

9/5/

06

5:08

:49

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eSu

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

3W

rite

th

e su

bje

ct o

f ea

ch s

ente

nce

.

1.

Ever

yone

goe

s to

the

par

k.

2.

Paul

a p

uts

on h

er ja

cket

.

3.

We

skip

dow

n th

e si

dew

alk

toge

ther

.

4.

Dar

ryl r

ides

his

bik

e on

the

str

eet.

5.

My

mot

her

hold

s m

y si

ster

’s h

and.

6.

They

cro

ss t

he s

tree

t at

the

cor

ner.

7.

The

par

k is

cro

wde

d.

8.

The

flow

ers

smel

l sw

eet.

9.

I pic

k da

isie

s fo

r m

y fa

ther

.

10.

The

sky

has

big

whi

te c

loud

s.

Wri

te t

he

pre

dic

ate

of

each

sen

ten

ce.

11.

Som

e bo

ys r

un p

ast

us.

12.

A d

og c

hase

s a

ball.

13.

Paul

a cl

imbs

up

the

slid

e.

14.

My

sist

er p

lays

in t

he s

and.

15.

Dar

ryl m

akes

a n

ew fr

iend

.

16.

Ever

ybod

y lo

ves

the

par

k.

17.

The

child

ren

shou

t w

ith e

xcite

men

t.

18.

No

one

wan

ts t

o go

hom

e.

19.

The

sun

sets

beh

ind

the

hill.

20.

This

day

will

end

soo

n.

Ever

yone

Paul

a

We

Darr

yl

My

mot

her

They

The

park

The

flow

ers

The

sky

I

run

past

us

chas

es a

bal

l

clim

bs u

p th

e sl

ide

play

s in

the

sand

mak

es a

new

frie

nd

love

s th

e pa

rk

shou

t with

exc

item

ent

wan

ts to

go

hom

e

sets

beh

ind

the

hill

will

end

soo

n

9G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_009

.indd

99/

16/0

67:

30:0

3AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eSu

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

3D

raw

on

e lin

e un

der

th

e su

bje

ct. D

raw

tw

o li

nes

un

der

the

pre

dic

ate.

1.

I vis

it m

y gr

andp

aren

ts.

2.

Thei

r ho

use

has

a ga

rden

.

3.

I hel

p p

ull c

arro

ts.

4.

My

gran

dfat

her

mak

es w

onde

rful

sou

p.

5.

I set

the

tab

le.

6.

He

put

s flo

wer

s in

a v

ase.

7.

We

eat

dinn

er t

oget

her.

8.

Ever

yone

is fu

ll.

9.

My

gran

dmot

her

brin

gs o

ut a

cak

e.

10.

I am

hun

gry

agai

n!

Ad

d a

sub

ject

or

pre

dic

ate

as n

eed

ed. W

rite

th

e n

ew s

ente

nce

.

11.

The

brow

n do

g.

12.

pla

yed

card

s to

geth

er.

13.

is h

igh

in t

he s

ky.

14.

wen

t to

bed

.

15.

My

gran

dmot

her.

The

brow

n do

g ra

n to

gre

et m

e.

All m

y fri

ends

pla

yed

card

s to

geth

er.

The

brig

ht s

un is

hig

h in

the

sky.

The

slee

py g

irl w

ent t

o be

d.

My

gran

dmot

her i

s sm

art a

nd s

trong

.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own. 10

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_010

.indd

109/

16/0

67:

30:1

9AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

3

1.

Whi

ch t

wo

sent

ence

s ar

e fr

agm

ents

?

ASe

nten

ces

1 an

d 2

BSe

nten

ces

1 an

d 5

CSe

nten

ces

2 an

d 4

DSe

nten

ces

4 an

d 5

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is m

issi

ng a

sub

ject

?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

3.

Whi

ch is

NO

T a

subj

ect

in t

he

pas

sage

?

ATh

e m

arch

ing

band

BTh

e m

usic

CSa

w

DI

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is m

issi

ng a

pre

dica

te?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch w

ord

is t

he s

ubje

ct o

f

Sent

ence

6?

AI

Bw

aved

Cfl a

g

Dhi

m

6.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

dica

te o

f

Sent

ence

3?

ATh

e m

usic

Bw

as lo

ud

Can

d jo

yful

Dw

as lo

ud a

nd jo

yful

(1) T

od

ay w

as t

he

big

par

ade.

(2) Th

e

mar

chin

g b

and

mo

ved

qu

ick

ly d

ow

n t

he

stre

et. (3

) Th

e m

usi

c w

as lo

ud

an

d

joyf

ul.

(4) S

aw s

om

eon

e o

n t

he

sid

ewal

k. (5

) My

frie

nd

. (6) I

wav

ed m

y fl

ag a

t h

im.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

11G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_011

.indd

119/

16/0

67:

34:2

2AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Su

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

3U

nd

erlin

e ea

ch s

ubje

ct o

nce

. Un

der

line

each

p

red

icat

e tw

ice.

1.

The

sum

mer

is lo

ng a

nd h

ot.

2.

Ever

ybod

y si

ts o

n th

e fr

ont

step

s.

3.

No

one

wan

ts t

o m

ove.

4.

We

deci

de t

o m

ake

ice

crea

m.

5.

I fin

d a

reci

pe

in a

coo

kboo

k.

6.

My

par

ents

hel

p.

7.

The

ice

crea

m is

col

d an

d de

licio

us.

8.

Ever

yone

eat

s a

big

por

tion.

9.

My

fam

ily is

hap

py.

10.

The

day

feel

s m

uch

cool

er.

Ad

d a

sub

ject

or

a p

red

icat

e to

co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

.

11.

The

stre

et p

arty

12.

p

laye

d m

usic

.

13.

d

ance

d fa

st.

14.

The

food

15.

All

the

peo

ple

16.

h

ad a

gre

at t

ime.

was

on

Satu

rday

.

was

del

icio

us.

Man

y ba

nds

My

frien

d Sh

eila

ate

corn

on

the

cob.Po

ssib

le re

spon

ses

are

show

n.

My

mot

her a

nd fa

ther

12G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_012

.indd

12

9/16

/06

7:3

4:59

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eC

om

ple

te a

nd

Si

mp

le S

ub

ject

s an

d P

red

icat

es

Less

on

4D

raw

a li

ne

und

er t

he

com

ple

te s

ubje

ct. C

ircl

e th

e si

mp

le s

ubje

ct.

1.

San

Fran

cisc

o is

a c

ity in

Cal

iforn

ia.

2.

A b

ig e

arth

qua

ke r

ocke

d th

e ci

ty in

190

6.

3.

The

ocea

n vi

ew is

mag

nific

ent.

4.

A n

earb

y ci

ty is

Oak

land

.

5.

The

aver

age

win

ter

tem

per

atur

e is

55°

F.

6.

The

bigg

est

par

k is

Gol

den

Gat

e Pa

rk.

7.

One

nei

ghbo

rhoo

d is

cal

led

Chi

nato

wn.

Dra

w a

lin

e un

der

th

e co

mp

lete

pre

dic

ate.

Cir

cle

the

sim

ple

pre

dic

ate.

8.

Gol

den

Gat

e Pa

rk h

as s

ever

al la

ndm

arks

.

9.

The

par

k su

rviv

ed t

he e

arth

qua

ke o

f 190

6.

10.

It h

as a

lake

with

an

isla

nd.

11.

Thre

e do

gs r

an u

p t

he b

ig h

ill in

the

par

k.

12.

The

old

man

wav

ed t

o hi

s w

ife.

13.

A w

oman

hel

d a

yello

w k

ite.

14.

A b

oy w

alke

d ov

er o

ne o

f the

sto

ne b

ridge

s.

15.

A g

irl d

id c

artw

heel

s ac

ross

the

law

n.

Wri

te t

hre

e d

iffe

ren

t se

nte

nce

s th

at u

se t

he

com

ple

te p

red

icat

e b

elo

w. I

ncl

ud

e

des

crip

tive

wo

rds

in e

ach

su

bje

ct. div

ed in

to t

he

wat

er

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

13G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_013

.indd

139/

5/06

5:14

:16

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eC

om

ple

te a

nd

Si

mp

le S

ub

ject

s an

d P

red

icat

es

Less

on

4A

dd

a c

om

ple

te s

ubje

ct t

o e

ach

pre

dic

ate.

Th

en c

ircl

e

the

sim

ple

sub

ject

.

1.

w

aite

d p

atie

ntly

for

hour

s.

2.

l

earn

ed t

o p

lay

a ne

w g

ame.

3.

a

te h

is lu

nch.

4.

w

ante

d to

see

his

fath

er.

5.

f

elt

wor

ried.

6.

f

inal

ly le

ft t

he is

land

.

7.

s

tood

on

the

pie

r.

8.

w

aved

hap

pily

.

9.

j

ump

ed u

p a

nd d

own.

10.

f

lew

ove

r th

e w

ater

.

Ad

d a

co

mp

lete

pre

dic

ate

to e

ach

sub

ject

. Th

en c

ircl

e th

e si

mp

le p

red

icat

e.

11.

The

ocea

n w

aves

12.

The

cold

por

ridge

13.

A b

eaut

iful p

lum

tre

e

14.

The

huge

roo

m

15.

The

new

tea

cher

16.

The

brig

ht li

ght

of m

orni

ng

17.

A h

app

y m

an

18.

The

exci

ted

child

The

tired

men

The

exci

ted

frien

ds

The

hung

ry c

hild

The

cour

ageo

us b

oy

A yo

ung

man

The

old

boat

A la

rge

crow

d

The

tall

man

The

eage

r boy

Seve

ral b

irdsPo

ssib

le re

spon

ses

are

show

n.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own

rock

ed th

e bo

at b

ack

and

forth

.ta

sted

terr

ible

.

stoo

d ju

st o

utsi

de th

e fe

nce.

fille

d w

ith p

eopl

e ve

ry q

uick

ly.

sat a

t the

des

k.

shon

e th

roug

h th

e w

indo

ws.

wal

ked

into

the

room

.

pack

ed h

is b

elon

ging

s.

14G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_014

.indd

149/

5/06

5:15

:43

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

4

1.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

sub

ject

of

Sent

ence

3?

Am

useu

m

Bgu

ide

Cus

Dar

t

2.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

pre

dica

te o

f

Sent

ence

2?

Aha

s

Bm

ore

Cin

Dits

3.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te p

redi

cate

of

Sent

ence

3?

Ato

ld u

s

Bab

out

the

art

Cto

ld u

s a

lot

Dto

ld u

s a

lot

abou

t th

e ar

t

4.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te s

ubje

ct o

f

Sent

ence

1?

AM

y w

hole

fam

ily

BA

sian

Art

Mus

eum

CSa

n Fr

anci

sco

Dye

ster

day

5.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

sub

ject

of

Sent

ence

5?

Atin

y ca

rvin

gs

Bca

rvin

gs

Cw

ere

Dfa

vorit

e

6.

Whi

ch w

ord

is N

OT

par

t of

the

com

ple

te p

redi

cate

of S

ente

nce

4?

Aba

sket

s

Bbr

onze

Csa

w

DW

e

(1)

My

wh

ole

fam

ily

wen

t to

th

e A

sian

Art

Mu

seu

m in

San

Fra

nci

sco

yes

terd

ay. (2

) Th

is a

maz

ing

mu

seu

m h

as m

ore

th

an

14

,00

0 o

bje

cts

in it

s co

llec

tio

n. (3

) A h

elp

ful m

use

um

gu

ide

told

us

a lo

t ab

ou

t th

e ar

t. (4

) We

saw

bro

nze

sta

tues

, cer

amic

s,

pu

pp

ets,

an

d b

ask

ets.

(5) Th

e

tin

y ca

rvin

gs

wer

e m

y fa

vori

te

thin

gs.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

15G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_015

.indd

159/

5/06

5:16

:31

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

4M

atch

th

e su

bje

cts

and

pre

dic

ates

in t

he

bo

x to

wri

te

sen

ten

ces.

Th

en d

raw

on

e lin

e un

der

eac

h s

imp

le

sub

ject

an

d t

wo

lin

es u

nd

er e

ach

sim

ple

pre

dic

ate.

Co

mp

lete

an

d

Sim

ple

Su

bje

cts

and

Pre

dic

ates

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Ad

d a

co

mp

lete

sub

ject

or

a co

mp

lete

pre

dic

ate

to c

om

ple

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

6.

w

ent

to a

con

cert

in t

he p

ark.

7.

p

laye

d tr

aditi

onal

Chi

nese

har

ps.

8.

b

ecam

e ve

ry q

uiet

.

9.

Th

e au

dien

ce

10.

Th

e gr

atef

ul m

usic

ians

The

exci

ted

gir

lb

lew

th

e le

aves

in t

he

tree

s.Th

e co

ol w

ind

ran

do

wn

th

e h

ill t

og

eth

er.

A s

mal

l in

sect

wer

e fu

n t

o c

limb

.Se

vera

l fri

end

ssh

ou

ted

to

her

fri

end

.Th

ree

big

ro

cks

jum

ped

on

to t

he

bra

nch

.

Sent

ence

ord

er m

ay

vary

.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

My

fam

ily

Skill

ed p

erfo

rmer

s

The

nois

y cr

owd

clap

ped

wild

ly.

bow

ed to

thei

r fan

s.

The

exci

ted

girl

shou

ted

to h

er fr

iend

.

The

cool

win

d bl

ew th

e le

aves

in th

e tre

es.

A sm

all i

nsec

t jum

ped

onto

the

bran

ch.

Seve

ral f

riend

s ra

n do

wn

the

hill

toge

ther

.

Thre

e bi

g ro

cks

wer

e fu

n to

clim

b.

16G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_016

.indd

16

9/16

/06

7:3

5:24

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

5

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is a

n in

terr

ogat

ive

sent

ence

?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

4

D

Sent

ence

6

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is a

n im

per

ativ

e

sent

ence

?

A

Sent

ence

2

B

Sent

ence

3

C

Sent

ence

4

D

Sent

ence

5

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

shou

ld h

ave

an

ex

clam

atio

n p

oint

?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

3

D

Sent

ence

4

4.

Whi

ch is

not

a c

omp

lete

sen

tenc

e?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

3

C

Sent

ence

5

D

Sent

ence

6

5.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

is c

orre

ct

as it

is?

A

Sent

ence

2

B

Sent

ence

3

C

Sent

ence

5

D

Sent

ence

6

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is a

dec

lara

tive

sent

ence

?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

4

D

Sent

ence

6

(1)

Th

e b

and

has

just

sto

pp

ed p

layi

ng.

(2) D

o y

ou

see

th

e

lead

sin

ger

smil

ing?

(3) H

ow

hap

py

she

loo

ks.

(4) L

oo

k a

t th

e

guit

ar p

laye

r w

avin

g to

th

e cr

ow

d. (5

) He

told

me

that

th

ey a

re

pla

yin

g a

no

ther

co

nce

rt t

om

orr

ow

? (6)

Wo

w, s

o g

reat

!

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

17G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_017

.indd

17

9/5/

06

5:19

:25

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

5

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

My

gre

ates

t d

ream

is t

o b

eco

me

a p

layw

rig

ht.

(2) A

pla

ywri

ght

wri

tes

sto

ries

fo

r th

e st

age.

(3) M

y fa

vori

te

pla

ywri

gh

t is

Lo

rrai

ne

Han

sber

ry. (4

) Sh

e w

rote

a p

lay

call

ed

A R

aisi

n in

the S

un. (5

) Th

e ti

tle

is f

rom

a li

ne

in a

po

em.

(6) H

op

e to

wri

te a

pla

y as

go

od

as

that

so

me

day

!

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is m

issi

ng a

sub

ject

?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

3

C

Sent

ence

5

D

Sent

ence

6

2.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

pre

dica

te o

f

Sent

ence

2?

A

pla

ywrig

ht

B

writ

es

C

stor

ies

D

stag

e

3.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te s

ubje

ct o

f

Sent

ence

3?

A

pla

ywrig

ht

B

My

favo

rite

pla

ywrig

ht

C

is L

orra

ine

Han

sber

ry

D

Lorr

aine

Han

sber

ry

4.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te p

redi

cate

of

Sent

ence

4?

A

She

wro

te

B

She

wro

te a

pla

y

C

a p

lay

calle

d A

Rais

in in

the

Sun

D

wro

te a

pla

y ca

lled

A Ra

isin

in

the

Sun

5.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

sub

ject

of

Sent

ence

5?

A

title

B

is

C

line

D

poe

m

6.

Whi

ch w

ord

is N

OT

par

t of

the

com

ple

te s

ubje

ct o

f Sen

tenc

e 1?

A

drea

m

B

grea

test

C

pla

ywrig

ht

D

My

18G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_018

.indd

18

9/5/

06

5:20

:01

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eC

om

po

un

dSu

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

6La

bel

eac

h s

ente

nce

com

poun

dsu

bjec

t o

r co

mpo

und

pred

icat

e.

1.

The

two

girls

cle

ared

the

tab

le a

nd w

ashe

d th

e di

shes

.

2.

Tyle

r an

d A

mir

rake

d le

aves

tog

ethe

r.

3.

Ms.

Lop

ez fi

nish

ed b

akin

g an

d cl

eane

d th

e ki

tche

n.

4.

My

mot

her

mad

e th

e sh

elve

s an

d fr

amed

the

pai

ntin

g.

5.

Dor

a an

d C

arlo

s he

lped

the

ir p

aren

ts.

Rew

rite

eac

h p

air

of

sen

ten

ces

as o

ne

sen

ten

ce w

ith

a c

om

po

und

sub

ject

or

a

com

po

und

pre

dic

ate.

Dra

w o

ne

line

und

er e

ach

co

mp

oun

d s

ubje

ct. D

raw

tw

o

lines

un

der

eac

h c

om

po

und

pre

dic

ate.

6.

Leah

kic

ks t

he b

all.

Leah

pas

ses

the

ball.

7.

The

swim

tea

m la

ughs

. The

sw

im t

eam

che

ers.

8.

Jam

ie r

uns

arou

nd t

he t

rack

. His

bro

ther

run

s ar

ound

the

tra

ck.

9.

The

teac

hers

cla

p. T

he s

choo

lchi

ldre

n cl

ap.

10.

Petr

a w

atch

ed t

he g

ame.

Pet

ra t

ook

pic

ture

s.

com

poun

d su

bjec

t

Leah

kic

ks a

nd p

asse

s th

e ba

ll.

The

swim

team

laug

hs a

nd c

heer

s.

Jam

ie a

nd h

is b

roth

er ru

n ar

ound

the

track

.

The

teac

hers

and

the

scho

olch

ildre

n cl

ap.

Petra

wat

ched

the

gam

e an

d to

ok p

ictu

res.

com

poun

d pr

edic

ate

com

poun

d pr

edic

ate

com

poun

d su

bjec

t

com

poun

d pr

edic

ate

19G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_019

.indd

199/

16/0

67:

35:4

0AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eC

om

po

un

dSu

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

6R

ewri

te e

ach

gro

up o

f se

nte

nce

s as

on

e se

nte

nce

wit

h a

co

mp

oun

d s

ubje

ct. U

se a

nd o

r or

. Use

co

mm

as a

s n

eed

ed.

1.

Beat

rice

pain

ts t

he fe

nce.

Her

bro

ther

pai

nts

the

fenc

e. H

er s

iste

r pa

ints

the

fenc

e.

2.

Dea

n ba

kes

brea

d on

Sat

urda

y. H

is m

othe

r ba

kes

brea

d on

Sat

urda

y.

3.

Cha

n ta

kes

out

the

tras

h. S

omet

imes

her

gra

ndfa

ther

tak

es o

ut t

he t

rash

.

4.

Paol

o cl

eans

the

gar

age

toda

y. H

is u

ncle

cle

ans

the

gara

ge t

oday

. His

cou

sin

clea

ns t

he g

arag

e to

day.

5.

The

child

ren

swee

p t

he a

ttic

. The

ir p

aren

ts s

wee

p t

he a

ttic

.

Rew

rite

eac

h g

roup

of

sen

ten

ces

as o

ne

sen

ten

ce w

ith

a c

om

po

und

pre

dic

ate.

Use

and

or

or. U

se c

om

mas

as

nee

ded

.

6.

We

wen

t to

the

sto

re. W

e bo

ught

sup

plie

s fo

r th

e ca

mp

ing

trip

.

7.

Ana

put

up

the

ten

t. A

na c

olle

cted

stic

ks. A

na m

ade

a ca

mp

fire.

8.

The

par

k ra

nger

s se

arch

ed t

he w

oods

. The

par

k ra

nger

s lo

oked

for

falle

n tr

ees.

9.

You

can

put

the

woo

d by

the

ten

t. Y

ou c

an le

ave

it ne

ar t

he t

ree.

10.

Fion

a w

alke

d by

the

cre

ek. F

iona

col

lect

ed b

lack

berr

ies.

Fio

na a

te t

hem

.

The

child

ren

and

thei

r par

ents

sw

eep

the

attic

.

Anna

put

up

the

tent

, col

lect

ed s

ticks

, and

mad

e a

cam

pfire

.

The

park

rang

ers

sear

ched

the

woo

ds a

nd lo

oked

for f

alle

n tre

es.

You

can

put t

he w

ood

by th

e te

nt o

r lea

ve it

nea

r the

tree

.

Fion

a w

alke

d by

the

cree

k, c

olle

cted

bla

ckbe

rrie

s, a

nd a

te th

em.

We

wen

t to

the

stor

e an

d bo

ught

sup

plie

s fo

r the

cam

ping

trip

.

Paol

o, h

is u

ncle

, and

his

cou

sin

clea

n th

e ga

rage

toda

y.

Chan

or h

er g

rand

fath

er ta

kes

out t

he tr

ash.

Dean

and

his

mot

her b

ake

brea

d on

Sat

urda

y.

Beat

rice,

her

bro

ther

, and

her

sis

ter p

aint

the

fenc

e.

20G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_020

.indd

209/

16/0

67:

35:5

5AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

6R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) M

y si

ster

, my

cou

sin

an

d I

cle

aned

ou

r g

ran

dp

aren

ts’ b

asem

ent.

(2) I

rec

ycle

d o

ld n

ewsp

aper

s an

d t

hre

w o

ut

tras

h. (3

) My

old

er s

iste

r

and

my

cou

sin

org

aniz

ed t

he

gar

den

ing

to

ols

an

d s

ort

ed t

hro

ug

h o

ld

toys

. (4) W

e w

ork

ed h

ard

all

day

. (5) Th

en

my

gra

nd

par

ents

, my

sist

er,

my

cou

sin

, an

d I

cel

ebra

ted

a jo

b w

ell d

on

e.

1.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

doe

s

NO

T ha

ve a

com

pou

nd s

ubje

ct?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

2. W

hich

sen

tenc

e is

mis

sing

a

com

ma?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

3.

Whi

ch a

re t

he s

imp

le s

ubje

cts

of S

ente

nce

3?

Aol

der

and

sist

er

Bsi

ster

and

cou

sin

Col

der

and

tool

s

Dto

ys a

nd c

ousi

n

4.

Whi

ch a

re t

he s

imp

le p

redi

cate

s

of S

ente

nce

3?

Aor

gani

zed

and

sort

ed

Bor

gani

zed

and

gard

enin

g

Cga

rden

ing

and

sort

ed

Dso

rted

and

thr

ough

5.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

has

neith

er a

com

pou

nd s

ubje

ct

nor

a co

mp

ound

pre

dica

te?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

both

a

com

pou

nd s

ubje

ct a

nd a

com

pou

nd p

redi

cate

?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

21G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_021

.indd

219/

5/06

5:37

:53

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e C

om

po

un

d

Sub

ject

s an

d

Pred

icat

es

Less

on

6Ea

ch s

ente

nce

has

a c

om

po

und

sub

ject

or

a co

mp

oun

d

pre

dic

ate.

Cir

cle

the

com

po

und

sub

ject

or

the

com

po

und

pre

dic

ate.

1.

Mar

ia c

olle

cts

the

ticke

ts a

nd t

ears

the

m in

hal

f.

2.

Juan

and

Rei

d he

lp p

eop

le fi

nd t

heir

seat

s.

3.

The

mus

icia

ns a

nd t

heir

frie

nds

build

the

sta

ge.

4.

Qui

nton

, Jul

es, a

nd S

imon

are

the

lead

sin

gers

.

5.

Rhea

or

Kyle

can

hel

p y

ou fi

nd y

our

cost

ume.

6.

We

fit t

he c

ostu

mes

and

pin

up

the

hem

s.

7.

The

per

form

ers

sing

or

danc

e.

Co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Ad

d a

co

mp

oun

d s

ubje

ct o

r a

com

po

und

pre

dic

ate

as

sho

wn

in p

aren

thes

es (

). R

emem

ber

to

ad

d c

om

mas

as

nee

ded

.

8.

Jona

h . (

com

pou

nd p

redi

cate

)

9.

pic

ked

up r

ocks

. (co

mp

ound

subj

ect)

10.

My

dog

. (co

mp

ound

pre

dica

te)

11.

sta

rted

gro

win

g. (

com

pou

nd

subj

ect)

12.

My

fath

er a

nd m

y br

othe

r .

(com

pou

nd p

redi

cate

)

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

plan

ned

and

desi

gned

a g

arde

n

Zoe,

Mik

e, a

nd F

rida

ran

and

bark

ed in

the

gard

en

The

lettu

ce, c

arro

ts, a

nd b

eans

pulle

d up

wee

ds a

nd p

lant

ed fl

ower

s

22G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_022

.indd

22

9/5/

06

5:39

:11

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eSi

mp

le a

nd

C

om

po

un

dSe

nte

nce

s

Less

on

7La

bel

eac

h s

ente

nce

sim

ple

or

com

poun

d.

1.

Jere

my

was

hes

and

drie

s th

e di

shes

.

2.

I set

the

tab

le, o

r I m

ake

the

toas

t.

3.

Mot

her

goes

to

the

stor

e, a

nd Je

rem

y go

es w

ith h

er.

4.

I tho

ught

bre

akfa

st w

as r

eady

, but

the

bac

on is

stil

l coo

king

.

5.

The

eggs

and

sau

sage

s ar

e on

the

sto

ve.

6.

I pou

r th

e or

ange

juic

e, a

nd Je

rem

y se

rves

it.

7.

My

favo

rite

mea

l is

brea

kfas

t.

8.

Som

etim

es w

e ha

ve p

anca

kes,

but

tod

ay w

e ha

ve w

affle

s.

9.

The

syru

p is

in t

he b

row

n ju

g.

10.

The

flow

ers

look

pre

tty

in t

he c

ente

r of

the

tab

le.

Rew

rite

eac

h p

air

of

sen

ten

ces

as a

co

mp

oun

d s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

th

e co

nju

nct

ion

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

11.

Shau

na li

kes

hors

es. S

he r

ides

the

m e

very

sum

mer

. (an

d)

12.

She

says

she

won

a r

idin

g tr

ophy

. I h

ave

neve

r se

en it

. (bu

t)

13.

I sw

im in

the

lake

. I fi

sh a

t th

e riv

er. (

or)

14.

Shau

na a

nd I

go c

amp

ing.

I sh

ow h

er h

ow t

o fis

h. (

and)

15.

We

catc

h se

vera

l fis

h. W

e le

t th

em g

o. (

but)si

mpl

e

com

poun

d

com

poun

d

com

poun

d

sim

ple

com

poun

d

sim

ple

com

poun

d

sim

ple

sim

ple

Shau

na li

kes

hors

es, a

nd s

he ri

des

them

eve

ry s

umm

er.

She

says

she

won

a ri

ding

trop

hy, b

ut I

have

nev

er s

een

it.

I sw

im in

the

lake

, or I

fish

at t

he ri

ver.

Shau

na a

nd I

go c

ampi

ng, a

nd I

show

her

how

to fi

sh.

We

catc

h se

vera

l fis

h, b

ut w

e le

t the

m g

o.

23G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_023

.indd

239/

5/06

5:40

:00

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eSi

mp

le a

nd

C

om

po

un

dSe

nte

nce

s

Less

on

7Id

enti

fy e

ach

wo

rd g

roup

as

a co

mm

a sp

lice

or

run-

onse

nten

ce. T

hen

rew

rite

eac

h o

ne

corr

ectl

y as

a c

om

po

und

sen

ten

ce.

1.

The

ranc

h is

larg

e, I

wal

k al

l the

way

aro

und

it.

2.

I hel

p h

im w

ith s

ome

of t

he c

hore

s he

tha

nks

me.

3.

We

can

go t

o se

e th

e ca

ttle

, we

can

exp

lore

the

bar

n.

4.

I wat

er t

he p

lant

s, s

he w

ashe

s th

e w

indo

ws.

5.

We

feed

the

hen

s w

e do

not

feed

the

hor

ses.

Wri

te e

ach

pai

r o

f se

nte

nce

s as

a c

om

po

und

sen

ten

ce, u

sin

g o

r, an

d, o

r bu

t.

6.

I mak

e m

y be

d. I

was

h an

d fo

ld m

y cl

othe

s.

7.

My

aunt

and

unc

le c

ook

dinn

er. W

e al

l eat

tog

ethe

r.

8.

We

can

have

chi

cken

and

sal

ad. W

e ca

n ha

ve p

ork

chop

s an

d gr

een

bean

s.

9.

My

gran

dmot

her

is a

goo

d co

ok. S

he d

oes

not

like

was

hing

and

dry

ing

the

dish

es.

10.

I eat

all

of m

y di

nner

. I e

at s

ome

dess

ert.

com

ma

splic

e; T

he ra

nch

is la

rge,

but

I w

alk

all t

he w

ay a

roun

d it.

run-

on s

ente

nce;

I he

lp h

im w

ith s

ome

of th

e ch

ores

, and

he

than

ks m

e.

com

ma

splic

e; W

e ca

n go

to s

ee th

e ca

ttle,

or w

e ca

n ex

plor

e th

e ba

rn.

com

ma

splic

e; I

wat

er th

e pl

ants

, and

she

was

hes

the

win

dow

s.

run-

on s

ente

nce;

We

feed

the

hens

, but

we

do n

ot fe

ed th

e ho

rses

.

I mak

e m

y be

d, a

nd I

was

h an

d fo

ld m

y cl

othe

s.

My

aunt

and

unc

le c

ook

dinn

er, a

nd w

e al

l eat

toge

ther

.

We

can

have

chi

cken

and

sal

ad, o

r we

can

have

por

k ch

ops

and

gree

n be

ans.

My

gran

dmot

her i

s a

good

coo

k, b

ut s

he d

oes

not l

ike

was

hing

an

d dr

ying

the

dish

es.

I eat

all

of m

y di

nner

, and

I ea

t som

e de

sser

t.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

24G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_024

.indd

249/

5/06

5:41

:39

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

7R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) A

cam

pfi

re is

nic

e, a

nd

it k

eep

s yo

u w

arm

on

ch

illy

nig

hts

. (2) M

ake

the

cam

pfi

re s

mal

l sit

clo

se t

o it

fo

r w

arm

th. (3

) Yo

u c

an u

se b

ran

ches

yo

u

fi n

d o

n t

he

gro

un

d, y

ou

sh

ou

ld n

ot

tak

e b

ran

ches

fro

m a

tre

e. (4

) Yo

u c

an

bu

rn p

aper

. (5) D

o n

ot

bu

rn p

last

ic. (6

) To

pu

t o

ut

the

fi re

, yo

u c

an p

ou

r

wat

er o

ver

it y

ou

can

dig

it u

p a

nd

tu

rn it

ove

r.

1.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

is a

run-

on s

ente

nce?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

2.

To

rew

rite

sent

ence

s 4

and

5 as

a

com

pou

nd s

ente

nce,

whi

ch d

o yo

u

need

to

add

betw

een

the

wor

ds

pape

r an

d do

?

Aa

com

ma

Ba

com

ma

and

the

conj

unct

ion

and

Ca

com

ma

and

the

conj

unct

ion

but

DM

ake

no c

hang

e.

3.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

is a

com

ma

splic

e?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

4.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

nee

ds a

com

ma

and

the

conj

unct

ion

or?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

5.

Whi

ch is

a c

omp

ound

sent

ence

tha

t is

writ

ten

corr

ectly

?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

How

can

you

cor

rect

Sent

ence

3?

Ata

ke o

ut t

he c

omm

a

Bad

d th

e co

njun

ctio

n or

Cad

d th

e co

njun

ctio

n bu

t

Dad

d a

com

ma G

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

25G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_025

.indd

259/

5/06

5:42

:03

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Si

mp

le a

nd

C

om

po

un

d

Sen

ten

ces

Less

on

7R

ewri

te t

he

sen

ten

ces,

ad

din

g c

om

mas

as

nee

ded

.

1.

Lela

run

s ac

ross

the

gra

ss b

ut s

he s

top

s at

the

cre

ek.

2.

She

can

wad

e in

the

wat

er o

r sh

e ca

n lie

on

the

gras

s.

3.

Lela

trie

s to

cat

ch a

sm

all f

ish

but

the

fish

gets

aw

ay.

4.

Lela

wal

ks h

ome

slow

ly a

nd s

he s

its o

n th

e p

orch

.

Tell

wh

eth

er e

ach

sen

ten

ce h

as a

com

poun

d su

bjec

t, h

as a

com

poun

d pr

edic

ate,

or

is a

com

poun

d se

nten

ce. T

hen

cir

cle

each

co

nju

nct

ion

.

5.

A m

an a

nd a

boy

are

coo

king

tog

ethe

r.

6.

The

boy

colle

cts

woo

d, a

nd t

he m

an b

uild

s a

fire.

7.

They

sm

ile a

nd la

ugh

toge

ther

.

8.

The

man

cle

ans

up, b

ut t

he b

oy s

its q

uiet

ly.

9.

The

boy

wat

ers

and

feed

s th

e ho

rses

.

10.

The

hors

es e

at h

ay, o

r th

ey e

at g

rain

.

11.

The

sun

sets

, but

it is

not

col

d.

12.

The

moo

n an

d th

e st

ars

will

be

out

soon

.

com

poun

d su

bjec

t

Lela

wal

ks h

ome

slow

ly, a

nd s

he s

its o

n th

e po

rch.

com

poun

d se

nten

ce

com

poun

d pr

edic

ate

com

poun

d se

nten

ce

com

poun

d pr

edic

ate

com

poun

d se

nten

ce

com

poun

d su

bjec

t

com

poun

d se

nten

ce

Lela

trie

s to

cat

ch a

sm

all f

ish,

but

the

fish

gets

aw

ay.

She

can

wad

e in

the

wat

er, o

r she

can

lie

on th

e gr

ass.

Lela

runs

acr

oss

the

gras

s, b

ut s

he s

tops

at t

he c

reek

.

26G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_026

.indd

26

9/5/

06

5:44

:18

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePr

epo

siti

on

al

Phra

ses

Less

on

8U

nd

erlin

e th

e p

rep

osi

tio

nal

ph

rase

. Cir

cle

the

ob

ject

of

the

pre

po

siti

on

.

1.

This

cen

ter

teac

hes

com

put

er s

kills

to

stud

ents

.

2.

Toda

y’s

less

on is

acr

oss

the

hall.

3.

Aft

er t

he b

reak

, the

re w

ill b

e a

dem

onst

ratio

n.

4.

Ther

e ar

e se

vera

l wor

ksta

tions

in t

he r

oom

.

5.

You

can

shar

e a

com

put

er w

ith a

cla

ssm

ate.

6.

Read

the

inst

ruct

ions

on

the

chal

kboa

rd.

Cir

cle

each

pre

po

siti

on

al p

hra

se. W

rite

eac

h p

rep

osi

tio

n a

nd

its

ob

ject

.

7.

Hug

o an

d M

ia w

ork

toge

ther

on

a re

por

t.

8.

Mia

sug

gest

s ge

ttin

g in

form

atio

n fr

om w

ebsi

tes.

9.

They

vis

it a

libra

ry n

ear

thei

r sc

hool

.

10.

The

pow

er s

witc

h is

beh

ind

the

mon

itor.

11.

Mia

sea

rche

s fo

r in

form

atio

n.

12.

The

stud

ents

feel

goo

d ab

out

thei

r w

ork.

Rew

rite

th

is s

ente

nce

sev

eral

tim

es: W

e se

arch

ed t

he

Inte

rnet

. Ad

d a

dif

fere

nt

pre

po

siti

on

al p

hra

se e

ach

tim

e. H

ow

man

y d

iffe

ren

t se

nte

nce

s ca

n y

ou

mak

e?

abou

t, w

ork

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

for,

info

rmat

ion

behi

nd, m

onito

r

near

, sch

ool

from

, web

site

s

on, r

epor

t

27G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_027

.indd

279/

5/06

5:46

:07

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePr

epo

siti

on

al

Phra

ses

Less

on

8R

ewri

te t

he

par

agra

ph

. Ch

oo

se p

rep

osi

tio

ns

fro

m t

he

bo

x to

co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

eac

h p

rep

osi

tio

n

on

ly o

nce

.

Ye

ster

day,

my

sist

er a

nd I

wen

t sh

opp

ing

(1)

our

gran

dmot

her.

Early

(2)

t

he m

orni

ng, w

e le

ft t

he h

ouse

.

We

drov

e (3

) t

he e

lect

roni

cs s

tore

. My

gran

dmot

her

led

us

(4)

the

sto

re. (

5)

a w

hile

, we

foun

d th

e

com

put

er s

ectio

n. T

here

wer

e sa

le s

igns

(6)

o

ur h

eads

. My

gran

dmot

her

aske

d q

uest

ions

(7)

e

ach

com

put

er. M

y si

ster

and

I pra

ctic

ed t

ypin

g (8

) t

he k

eybo

ards

. My

gran

dmot

her

boug

ht a

new

com

put

er (

9)

our

hom

e!

Co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

wit

h a

pre

po

siti

on

al p

hra

se.

10.

We

are

usin

g th

e co

mp

uter

s .

11.

I am

sitt

ing

.

12.

The

libra

rian

is

.

13.

I see

my

teac

her

.

abo

veab

ou

tw

ith

toin

toin

for

afte

ro

nth

rou

gh

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Yest

erda

y, m

y si

ster

and

I w

ent s

hopp

ing

(1) w

ith o

ur

gran

dmot

her.

Early

(2) i

n th

e m

orni

ng, w

e le

ft th

e ho

use.

W

e dr

ove

(3) t

o th

e el

ectro

nics

sto

re. M

y gr

andm

othe

r led

us

(4) t

hrou

gh th

e st

ore.

(5) A

fter a

whi

le, w

e fo

und

the

com

pute

r se

ctio

n. T

here

wer

e sa

le s

igns

(6) a

bove

our

hea

ds. M

y gr

andm

othe

r ask

ed q

uest

ions

(7) a

bout

eac

h co

mpu

ter.

My

sist

er a

nd I

prac

ticed

typi

ng (8

) on

the

keyb

oard

s. M

y gr

andm

othe

r bou

ght a

new

com

pute

r (9)

for o

ur h

ome!

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

besi

de m

y fri

end

behi

nd th

e de

sk

in th

e lib

rary

acro

ss th

e ro

om

28G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_028

.indd

289/

5/06

5:46

:48

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

8R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) M

y fa

mil

y li

ves

on

a f

arm

. (2) B

efo

re w

e ea

t b

reak

fast

, we

do

man

y

cho

res.

(3

) S

om

etim

es I

co

llec

t eg

gs

fro

m t

he

chic

ken

s. (4

) On

oth

er

day

s, I

hel

p c

are

for

the

ho

rses

. (5) I

use

a p

itch

fork

an

d g

et h

ay f

rom

th

e

hay

loft

. (6) I

pla

ce t

he

fres

h h

ay in

th

eir

stal

ls.

1.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

pos

ition

in

Sent

ence

3?

ASo

met

imes

Bco

llect

Cfr

om

DTh

ere

is n

o p

rep

ositi

on.

2.

Whi

ch is

the

obj

ect

of t

he

pre

pos

ition

in S

ente

nce

5?

AI

Bp

itchf

ork

Cha

y

Dha

ylof

t

3.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

pos

ition

al p

hras

e in

Sent

ence

1?

AM

y fa

mily

Bliv

es o

n

Con

a fa

rm

Dfa

rm

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

two

pre

pos

ition

al p

hras

es?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

pos

ition

in

Sent

ence

6?

AI

Bp

lace

Cth

e

Din

6.

Whi

ch is

the

obj

ect

of t

he

pre

pos

ition

in S

ente

nce

6?

Afr

esh

Bha

y

Cth

eir

Dst

alls

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

29G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_029

.indd

299/

5/06

5:47

:21

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Pr

epo

siti

on

al

Phra

ses

Less

on

8W

rite

eac

h p

rep

osi

tio

nal

ph

rase

. Un

der

line

the

pre

po

siti

on

an

d c

ircl

e it

s o

bje

ct.

1.

Ther

e ar

e m

any

kind

s of

com

put

er s

yste

ms.

2.

Som

e co

mp

uter

pro

gram

s ar

e us

ed in

offi

ce w

ork.

3.

Oth

er p

rogr

ams

crea

te a

rt w

ith d

raw

ing

tool

s.

4.

Man

y p

eop

le p

lay

gam

es o

n co

mp

uter

s.

5.

Frie

nds

send

pho

togr

aphs

thr

ough

e-m

ail.

6.

We

use

com

put

ers

for

lear

ning

.

7.

If yo

u w

alk

into

a s

choo

l, yo

u w

ill s

ee m

any

com

put

ers.

8.

Com

put

ers

are

a go

od s

ourc

e of

info

rmat

ion.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

a p

rep

osi

tio

n f

rom

th

e b

ox

to c

om

ple

te it

.

Use

eac

h w

ord

on

ly o

nce

.

9.

a p

ower

failu

re, y

ou m

ay lo

se c

omp

uter

file

s.

10.

It is

bes

t to

sav

e ex

tra

cop

ies

you

r w

ork.

11.

You

can

prin

t fil

es

a p

rinte

r.

12.

You

can

also

sav

e da

ta

a d

isk.

afte

rw

ith

on

of

of c

ompu

ter s

yste

ms

in o

ffice

wor

k

with

dra

win

g to

ols

on c

ompu

ters

thro

ugh

e-m

ail

for l

earn

ing

into

a s

choo

l

of in

form

atio

n

You

can

also

sav

e da

ta o

n a

disk

.

You

can

prin

t file

s w

ith a

prin

ter.

It is

bes

t to

save

ext

ra c

opie

s of

you

r wor

k.

Afte

r a p

ower

failu

re, y

ou m

ay lo

se c

ompu

ter f

iles.

30G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_030

.indd

30

9/5/

06

5:49

:28

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eC

lau

ses

and

Ph

rase

s; C

om

ple

x Se

nte

nce

s

Less

on

9Te

ll w

het

her

eac

h g

roup

of

wo

rds

form

s an

inde

pend

ent

clau

se o

r a

depe

nden

t cl

ause

.

1.

My

fath

er u

sed

birc

h fo

r ba

sket

fram

es

2. B

efor

e he

col

lect

ed t

he p

lant

s

3.

Beca

use

my

aunt

s lik

ed w

illow

pla

nts

4.

My

mot

her

star

ted

to w

ork

5.

Whe

n sh

e fin

ishe

d he

r bu

ndle

of p

lant

s

6.

Sinc

e th

e bi

rch

tree

s w

ere

far

away

7.

We

drov

e in

a c

ar t

o fin

d th

em

8.

Whe

n he

r gr

ands

on le

arne

d to

wea

ve

Fin

d t

he

ind

epen

den

t an

d d

epen

den

t cl

ause

s in

th

ese

sen

ten

ces.

Dra

w o

ne

line

und

er e

ach

ind

epen

den

t cl

ause

. Dra

w t

wo

lin

es u

nd

er e

ach

dep

end

ent

clau

se.

9.

Aft

er t

he in

stru

ctor

gav

e th

e di

rect

ions

, all

of t

he s

tude

nts

bega

n w

eavi

ng.

10.

The

inst

ruct

or w

as p

leas

ed b

ecau

se t

he s

tude

nts

wor

ked

qui

etly

.

11.

Whi

le t

he s

tude

nts

pra

ctic

ed, t

he in

stru

ctor

wal

ked

arou

nd t

he r

oom

ans

wer

ing

que

stio

ns.

12.

Beca

use

ther

e w

ere

only

ten

set

s of

mat

eria

ls, t

wo

stud

ents

sha

red.

13.

Each

per

son

help

ed c

lean

up

, sin

ce t

his

was

the

last

cla

ss o

f the

day

.

14.

Whe

n th

e cl

ass

was

ove

r, th

e st

uden

ts t

hank

ed t

he t

each

er.

15.

Befo

re t

he s

tude

nts

left

, the

y sh

owed

the

ir ba

sket

s.

Wri

te a

sen

ten

ce a

bo

ut

mak

ing

bas

kets

th

at c

on

tain

s o

ne

ind

epen

den

t cl

ause

an

d

on

e d

epen

den

t cl

ause

. Dra

w o

ne

line

un

der

th

e in

dep

end

ent

clau

se. D

raw

tw

o li

nes

un

der

th

e d

epen

den

t cl

ause

. Ac

cept

reas

onab

le re

spon

ses.

depe

nden

t cla

use

inde

pend

ent c

laus

e

depe

nden

t cla

use

depe

nden

t cla

use

depe

nden

t cla

use

depe

nden

t cla

use

inde

pend

ent c

laus

e

inde

pend

ent c

laus

e

31G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_031

.indd

319/

5/06

5:50

:52

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eC

lau

ses

and

Ph

rase

s; C

om

ple

x Se

nte

nce

s

Less

on

9La

bel

eac

h s

ente

nce

sim

ple,

com

poun

d, o

r co

mpl

ex.

1.

My

favo

rite

mat

eria

l for

wea

ving

is p

ine.

2.

Rita

wou

ld s

how

you

her

bas

kets

, but

she

is t

oo t

ired.

3.

Befo

re t

his

year

’s fe

stiv

al, I

will

mak

e m

any

bask

ets.

4.

Aft

er w

e fin

ish

this

one

, let

’s s

top

for

the

day.

5.

Ther

e ar

e so

man

y ty

pes

of b

aske

ts t

hat

I wou

ld li

ke t

o m

ake.

6.

My

frie

nd a

nd I

aske

d fo

r he

lp in

find

ing

the

right

typ

e of

pla

nts.

7.

Eva

mad

e th

is b

aske

t, a

nd I

thin

k it

is s

o p

rett

y.

8.

I am

hap

py

that

Pao

lo li

kes

this

bas

ket,

sin

ce it

is m

y fa

vorit

e.

Co

mb

ine

the

pai

rs o

f se

nte

nce

s to

mak

e co

mp

lex

sen

ten

ces.

Use

co

mm

as w

hen

they

are

nee

ded

. Th

e co

nn

ecti

ng

wo

rds

in t

he

bo

x m

ay h

elp

yo

u.

9.

Ms.

Tam

ez g

oes

to t

he m

ount

ains

oft

en. T

hey

are

near

her

hom

e.

10.

Robe

rt c

olle

cts

bran

ches

. Ms.

Tam

ez lo

oks

for

bran

ches

, too

.

11.

They

foun

d th

e p

lant

s th

ey w

ant.

The

y w

alk

hom

e.

12.

Robe

rt a

nd M

s. T

amez

beg

in w

eavi

ng. T

hey

eat

dinn

er.

alth

ou

gh

ifb

ecau

seb

efo

rew

hen

afte

rsi

nce

Poss

ible

resp

onse

sar

e sh

own.

com

poun

dco

mpl

ex

sim

ple

com

plex

com

plex

sim

ple

com

poun

d

com

plex

Ms.

Tam

ez g

oes

to th

e m

ount

ains

ofte

n, b

ecau

se th

ey a

re n

ear

her h

ome.

Whe

n Ro

bert

colle

cts

bran

ches

, Ms.

Tam

ez lo

oks

for b

ranc

hes,

too.

Afte

r the

y fin

d th

e pl

ants

they

wan

t, th

ey w

alk

hom

e.

Befo

re R

ober

t and

Ms.

Tam

ez b

egin

wea

ving

, the

y ea

t din

ner.

32G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_032

.indd

329/

16/0

67:

36:1

7AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

9R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) W

hen

So

nia

wak

es u

p in

th

e m

orn

ing,

th

e fi

rst

thin

g s

he

do

es is

go

to

her

win

do

w. (2

) Alt

ho

ug

h s

he

cou

ld li

sten

to

th

e ra

dio

sh

e li

kes

to

ch

eck

th

e w

eath

er

by

loo

kin

g o

uts

ide.

(3) S

on

ia w

akes

her

sis

ters

, an

d s

he

pre

par

es a

pic

nic

lun

ch.

(4) S

ince

th

e w

eath

er is

nic

e th

e g

irls

wil

l co

llec

t p

lan

ts f

or

wea

vin

g. (5

) Th

e

bas

ket

fes

tiva

l is

nex

t m

on

th!

1.

Whi

ch is

an

inde

pen

dent

cla

use?

AW

hen

Soni

a w

akes

up

in t

he

mor

ning

(Se

nten

ce 1

)

BA

lthou

gh s

he c

ould

list

en t

o

the

radi

o (S

ente

nce

2)

Csh

e lik

es t

o ch

eck

the

wea

ther

by

look

ing

outs

ide

(Sen

tenc

e 2)

DSi

nce

the

wea

ther

is n

ice

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

2.

Whe

re s

houl

d th

ere

be a

com

ma

in

Sent

ence

4?

Aaf

ter

the

wor

d si

nce

Baf

ter

the

wor

d ni

ce

Caf

ter

the

wor

d gi

rls

Daf

ter

the

wor

d pi

cnic

3.

Whi

ch is

NO

T a

com

ple

x se

nten

ce?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

4.

Whi

ch is

a s

imp

le s

ente

nce?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch is

a d

epen

dent

cla

use?

Ath

e fi r

st t

hing

she

doe

s is

go

to

her

win

dow

(Se

nten

ce 1

)

BSo

nia

wak

es h

er s

iste

rs

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

Csh

e p

rep

ares

a p

icni

c lu

nch

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

DSi

nce

the

wea

ther

is n

ice

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

6.

Whi

ch h

as a

dep

ende

nt c

laus

e th

at

need

s a

com

ma?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

33G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_033

.indd

339/

16/0

67:

36:3

1AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e C

lau

ses

and

Ph

rase

s; C

om

ple

x Se

nte

nce

s

Less

on

9R

ewri

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce. A

dd

th

e ty

pe

of

clau

se s

ho

wn

in

par

enth

eses

. Rem

emb

er t

o a

dd

co

mm

as a

s n

eed

ed.

1.

Alth

ough

bas

kets

are

mos

tly u

sed

to h

old

thin

gs,

. (in

dep

ende

nt)

2.

Befo

re I

use

any

mat

eria

ls fo

r w

eavi

ng,

. (in

dep

ende

nt)

3.

May

a co

llect

ed

wea

ving

mat

eria

ls in

the

mou

ntai

ns. (

dep

ende

nt)

4.

her

mot

her

show

ed h

er h

ow t

o w

eave

. (de

pen

dent

)

Mak

e co

mp

lex

sen

ten

ces

fro

m t

he

sen

ten

ce p

airs

. Un

der

line

the

ind

epen

den

t

clau

se o

nce

an

d t

he

dep

end

ent

clau

se t

wic

e. T

he

firs

t o

ne

is d

on

e fo

r yo

u.

5.

My

scho

ol d

ays

end

at 3

:30

P.M

. I h

elp

my

fam

ily w

eave

bas

kets

.

6.

Art

ie w

ants

to

lear

n to

wea

ve. H

e ca

n ta

ke fr

ee c

lass

es.

7.

My

mot

her

colle

cts

pin

e ne

edle

s. S

he s

oaks

the

m in

wat

er.

8.

Mar

ian

cuts

man

y re

eds.

She

will

mak

e ba

sket

s fo

r th

e fe

stiv

al.

9.

Tony

a fin

ds a

boo

k ab

out

wea

ving

. She

trie

s to

mak

e a

bask

et.

10.

The

wea

vers

sit

dow

n. T

hey

are

read

y to

beg

in w

eavi

ng.

Whe

n m

y sc

hool

day

s en

d at

3:3

0 P.

M.,

I he

lp m

y fa

mily

wea

ve

ba

sket

s.

The

wea

vers

sit

dow

n w

hen

they

are

read

y to

beg

in w

eavi

ng.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Afte

r she

lear

ned

wha

t pla

nts

to u

se, th

ey a

re a

lso

used

for

deco

ratio

n.I p

repa

re th

em c

aref

ully

.

Whe

n M

aya

finis

hed

colle

ctin

g pl

ants

,

If Ar

tie w

ants

to le

arn

to w

eave

, he

can

take

free

cla

sses

.

Afte

r my

mot

her c

olle

cts

pine

nee

dles

, she

soa

ks th

em in

wat

er.

Mar

ian

cuts

man

y re

eds,

sin

ce s

he w

ill m

ake

bask

ets

for t

hefe

stiv

al.

Tony

a fin

ds a

boo

k ab

out w

eavi

ng b

efor

e sh

e tri

es to

mak

e a

bask

et.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

34G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_034

.indd

34

9/16

/06

7:3

8:40

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

10

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

y fa

mil

y co

ok

s an

d e

ats

din

ner

to

geth

er. (2

) We

pla

n t

he

wee

k’s

men

us

on

Sat

urd

ay w

e go

sh

op

pin

g fo

r gr

oce

ries

on

Su

nd

ay. (3

) We

mak

e m

any

diff

ere

nt

dis

hes

. (4) M

y fa

ther

an

d m

y si

ster

lik

e to

mak

e p

izza

, bu

t m

y m

oth

er a

nd

I li

ke

spag

het

ti b

est.

(5) I

th

ink

mak

ing

din

ner

is f

un

, bu

t it

is n

ot

as m

uch

fu

n a

s ea

tin

g it

!

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is a

run-

on s

ente

nce?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

4

D

Sent

ence

5

2.

Whi

ch a

re t

he s

imp

le p

redi

cate

s

of S

ente

nce

1?

A

My

and

fam

ily

B

fam

ily a

nd c

ooks

C

cook

s an

d ea

ts

D

eats

and

din

ner

3.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

is

a si

mp

le s

ente

nce?

A

Sent

ence

2

B

Sent

ence

3

C

Sent

ence

4

D

Sent

ence

5

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a

com

pou

nd s

ubje

ct A

ND

is a

com

pou

nd s

ente

nce?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

3

C

Sent

ence

4

D

Sent

ence

5

5.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

Sen

tenc

e 5?

A

com

pou

nd s

ente

nce

B

sim

ple

sen

tenc

e

C

com

pou

nd s

ubje

ct

D

com

pou

nd p

redi

cate

6.

Whi

ch is

the

sub

ject

of b

oth

par

ts

of S

ente

nce

2?

A

groc

erie

s

B

Satu

rday

C

men

us

D

We

35G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_035

.indd

35

9/5/

06

5:55

:40

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

10

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) A

un

t M

illi

e st

oo

d o

n t

he

do

ck b

y h

er s

ail b

oat

. (2) S

he

sugg

este

d a

tri

p

acro

ss t

he

lak

e. (3

) Alt

ho

ug

h I

was

ner

vou

s I

agre

ed. (4

) Bef

ore

we

cou

ld le

ave,

we

had

to

get

eve

ryth

ing

read

y. (5

) Aft

er w

e p

rep

ared

th

e b

oat

, we

sail

ed in

to t

he

dee

p w

ater

s. (6

) Bec

ause

it w

as a

gre

at t

rip,

I le

arn

ed t

o lo

ve s

aili

ng

!

1.

Whi

ch o

f the

se is

NO

T a

dep

ende

nt c

laus

e?

A

Alth

ough

I w

as n

ervo

us

B

Befo

re w

e co

uld

leav

e

C

I lea

rned

to

love

sai

ling!

D

Beca

use

it w

as a

gre

at t

rip

2.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

pos

ition

in

Sent

ence

2?

A

she

B

sugg

este

d

C

a

D

acro

ss

3.

Whi

ch is

the

obj

ect

of t

he

pre

pos

ition

in S

ente

nce

5?

A

we

B

boat

C

saile

d

D

wat

ers

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

two

pre

pos

ition

al p

hras

es?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

3

D

Sent

ence

4

5.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

is N

OT

a co

mp

lex

sent

ence

?

A

Sent

ence

2

B

Sent

ence

4

C

Sent

ence

5

D

Sent

ence

6

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a de

pen

dent

clau

se t

hat

is m

issi

ng a

com

ma?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

3

C

Sent

ence

5

D

Sent

ence

6

36G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_036

.indd

36

9/5/

06

5:56

:37

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eC

om

mo

n a

nd

Pr

op

er N

ou

ns

Less

on

11

Wri

te c

omm

on o

r pr

oper

to

iden

tify

eac

h u

nd

erlin

ed n

oun

.

1.

The

inse

ct r

ests

on

the

bran

ch.

2.

Thea

tak

es a

wal

k in

the

woo

ds.

3.

The

tree

is v

ery

tall.

4.

My

mot

her

is in

the

gar

den.

5.

Gra

ndp

a p

icks

flow

ers.

6.

The

child

ren

see

butt

erfli

es in

the

fiel

d.

7.

The

wor

m c

raw

ls a

long

the

gro

und.

8.

Dar

ron

sear

ches

for

frog

s by

the

cre

ek.

9.

Ther

e is

a p

icni

c by

the

lake

on

Labo

r D

ay.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Un

der

line

the

com

mo

n n

oun

s. C

ircl

e th

e p

rop

er n

oun

s.

10.

My

clas

s ce

lebr

ates

Ear

th D

ay.

11.

We

lear

n ab

out

man

y di

ffere

nt a

nim

ials

.

12.

Our

tea

cher

is M

rs. A

bram

s.

13.

She

talk

s ab

out

pan

das

and

goril

las.

14.

Mar

ie a

sks

a q

uest

ion.

15.

On

Frid

ay w

e w

rite

rep

orts

.

com

mon

com

mon co

mm

on com

mon

com

mon

prop

er

prop

er

prop

erpr

oper

My

clas

s ce

lebr

ates

Ear

th D

ay.

We

lear

n ab

out m

any

diffe

rent

ani

mal

s.

Our t

each

er is

Mrs

. Abr

ams.

She

talk

s ab

out p

anda

s an

d go

rilla

s.

Mar

ie a

sks

a qu

estio

n.

On F

riday

we

writ

e re

ports

.

37G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_037

.indd

379/

5/06

5:57

:30

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eC

om

mo

n a

nd

Pr

op

er N

ou

ns

Less

on

11

Wri

te t

he

abb

revi

atio

n f

or

each

of

the

follo

win

g w

ord

s.

1.

Febr

uary

2.

Thur

sday

3.

Aven

ue

4.

ounc

es

5.

Aug

ust

6.

mile

s

7.

Stre

et

Rew

rite

th

e w

ord

s b

elo

w.

Rep

lace

eac

h a

bb

revi

atio

n w

ith

th

e fu

ll w

ord

.

8.

Dr.

Vila

r

9.

Hen

ders

on R

d.

10.

Mt.

Mitc

hell

11.

20 c

m

12.

Mr.

McD

onal

d

13.

Oct

. 23

14.

Tues

.

15.

Mrs

. Pilm

ar

Feb.

Thur

s.Av

e.oz

.Au

g.m

i.St

.

Doct

or V

ilar

Hend

erso

n Ro

ad

Mou

nt M

itche

ll

20 c

entim

eter

s

Mis

ter M

cDon

ald

Octo

ber 2

3

Tues

day

Mis

tress

Pilm

ar

38G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_038

.indd

389/

5/06

5:58

:39

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

11

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

answ

er t

he

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

In

th

e w

inte

r m

any

bu

tter

fl ie

s m

igra

te t

o m

exic

o. (2

) Mil

lio

ns

of

Bu

tter

fl ie

s fl

y ac

ross

th

e U

nit

ed S

tate

s. (3

) My

frie

nd

Jer

emia

h

live

s in

Tex

as. (4

) He

cou

nts

th

e m

on

arch

s h

e se

es m

igra

tin

g. (5

) On

Sep

tem

ber

12

, jer

emia

h c

ou

nts

mo

re t

han

10

0 b

utt

erfl

ies

in o

ne

ho

ur!

1.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

1 sh

ould

be c

apita

lized

?

Aw

inte

r

Bm

any

Cbu

tter

fl ies

Dm

exic

o

2.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

abb

revi

atio

n fo

r

Uni

ted

Stat

es in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

AU

n.St

.

BU

S

CU

S.

DU

.S.

3.

Whi

ch w

ord

is a

com

mon

nou

n in

Sent

ence

3?

Afr

iend

BJe

rem

iah

Cliv

es

DTe

xas

4.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

2 sh

ould

NO

T be

cap

italiz

ed?

AM

illio

ns

BBu

tter

fl ies

CU

nite

d

DSt

ates

5.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

abb

revi

atio

n fo

r

the

wor

d Se

ptem

ber

in S

ente

nce

5?

ASe

p.

BSp

t.

CSe

pt.

DSe

pte

m.

6.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

5 sh

ould

be

cap

italiz

ed?

Aco

unte

d

Bje

rem

iah

Cbu

tter

fl ies

Dho

ur

39G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_039

.indd

399/

5/06

5:59

:07

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e C

om

mo

n a

nd

Pr

op

er N

ou

ns

Less

on

11

Fill

in e

ach

bla

nk

wit

h a

co

mm

on

no

un.

1.

At

the

, we

lear

ned

abou

t oc

ean

anim

als.

2.

The

tour

gui

de s

how

ed u

s a

mod

el o

f a

.

3.

We

also

saw

a fi

lm a

bout

.

4.

Lear

ning

abo

ut t

he

was

my

favo

rite

par

t.

5.

Our

, M

s. R

odon

do, t

old

us t

o ge

t on

the

bus

.

6.

Whe

n w

e go

t ba

ck t

o , w

e w

rote

rep

orts

.

7.

I tol

d m

y a

bout

my

field

trip

.

Fill

in e

ach

bla

nk

wit

h a

pro

per

no

un. U

se a

bb

revi

atio

ns

for

titl

es o

f p

eop

le.

8.

is a

par

k ra

nger

.

9.

We

go s

wim

min

g in

the

.

10.

The

par

k is

clo

sed

on

.

11.

Tara

and

li

ke t

o co

llect

roc

ks.

12.

My

dog,

, b

arks

at

the

bird

s.

13.

Aro

und

the

cam

pfir

e, w

e si

ng a

son

g ca

lled

.

14.

d

rives

me

hom

e.

15.

On

, I w

rite

abou

t ou

r vi

sit

to t

he p

ark.

Poss

ible

re

spon

ses

are

show

n. wha

le

dolp

hins

turtl

es

teac

her

scho

ol

gran

dmot

her

Mrs

. Leo

ne

Colo

rado

Riv

er

New

Yea

r’s D

ay

Donn

ie

Bess

ie

“Hom

e on

the

Rang

e”

Uncl

e La

rry

Mon

day

mus

eum

Poss

ible

re

spon

ses

are

show

n.

40G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_040

.indd

40

9/5/

06

6:00

:07

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eSi

ng

ula

r an

dPl

ura

l No

un

s

Less

on

12

Dra

w a

lin

e un

der

eac

h n

oun

. Wri

te a

n S

for

eac

h s

ing

ular

nou

n a

nd

a P

for

eac

h p

lura

l nou

n.

1.

The

trip

to

the

mou

ntai

ns w

as fu

n.

2.

The

visi

tors

cam

e fr

om a

roun

d th

e w

orld

.

3.

My

frie

nd c

olle

cted

roc

ks.

4.

The

smal

lest

sto

nes

wer

e fo

und

by t

he s

trea

m.

5.

Ther

e w

ere

rare

gem

s at

the

mus

eum

.

6.

The

mos

t va

luab

le o

nes

wer

e di

spla

yed

in c

ases

.

7.

The

guid

e sa

id t

hat

rock

s ar

e m

ade

of m

iner

als.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Co

mp

lete

eac

h o

ne

wit

h t

he

plu

ral f

orm

of

the

wo

rd in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

8.

The

scie

ntis

ts fo

und

. (fo

ssil)

9.

They

hea

rd

eru

pt.

(vo

lcan

o)

10.

The

dam

age

was

cau

sed

by

. (ea

rthq

uake

)

11.

The

wer

e bu

ried

unde

r as

h. (

city

)

12.

We

enjo

yed

our

geol

ogy

. (cl

ass)

S; P

P; S

S; P

P; S

P; S

P; P

S; P

; P

The

scie

ntis

ts fo

und

foss

ils.

They

hea

rd v

olca

noes

eru

pt.

The

dam

age

was

cau

sed

by e

arth

quak

es.

The

citie

s w

ere

burie

d un

der a

sh.

We

enjo

yed

our g

eolo

gy c

lass

es.

41G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_041

.indd

419/

5/06

6:01

:02

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eSi

ng

ula

r an

dPl

ura

l No

un

s

Less

on

12

Wri

te t

he

plu

ral f

orm

of

each

no

un.

1.

per

son

2.

man

3.

wom

an

4.

life

5.

shel

f

6.

leaf

7.

moo

se

8.

fish

9.

goos

e

10.

deer

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Rep

lace

th

e un

der

lined

wo

rd w

ith

th

e p

lura

l fo

rm

of

the

no

un.

11.

The

child

and

the

gui

de h

iked

up

the

hill

.

12.

The

rock

s w

ere

shar

p u

nder

the

ir fo

ot.

13.

They

saw

mou

se r

un a

cros

s th

e gr

ound

.

14.

One

tre

e ha

d m

arks

from

a b

ear’s

too

th.

15.

The

cam

per

s ha

d p

acke

d th

eir

knife

for

cook

ing.

peop

le

deer

shel

ves

men

moo

sefis

h

lives

wom

en

gees

e

leav

es

The

child

ren

and

the

guid

e hi

ked

up th

e hi

ll.

The

rock

s w

ere

shar

p un

der t

heir

feet

.

They

saw

mic

e ru

n ac

ross

the

grou

nd.

One

tree

had

mar

ks fr

om a

bea

r’s te

eth.

The

cam

pers

had

pac

ked

thei

r kni

ves

for c

ooki

ng.

42G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_042

.indd

429/

16/0

67:

38:5

8AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

12

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

I li

ve in

a b

ig c

ity.

(2) W

hen

I w

ant

to p

lay

ou

tdo

ors

, I g

o t

o o

ne

of

the

par

k. (3

) At

the

par

k, I

can

pla

y w

ith

oth

er c

hil

d. (4

) I c

an s

ee fi

sh

in t

he

po

nd

s, b

erri

es o

n t

he

bu

shes

, an

d b

ird

s an

d b

utt

erfl

ies

in t

he

air.

(5) S

om

etim

es I

pla

y h

ide-

and

-see

k a

mo

ng

th

e tr

ee. (6

) I c

an d

o

acti

viti

es a

t th

e p

ark

fo

r fu

n.

1.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

plu

ral f

orm

of

the

wor

d ci

ty?

Aci

tys

Bci

ties

Cci

tes

Dci

tyes

2.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

plu

ral f

orm

of

the

unde

rline

d w

ord

in S

ente

nce

2?

Ap

arke

s

Bp

arx

Cp

arks

Dp

ark

3.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

plu

ral f

orm

of

the

unde

rline

d w

ord

in S

ente

nce

3?

Ach

ildre

n

Bch

ilds

Cch

ildes

Dch

ildie

s

4.

How

man

y p

lura

l nou

ns a

re in

Sent

ence

4?

Ath

ree

Bfo

ur

Cfi v

e

Dsi

x

5.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

5 sh

ould

be

a p

lura

l nou

n?

ASo

met

imes

Bp

lay

Chi

de-a

nd-s

eek

Dtr

ee

6.

Whi

ch is

the

sin

gula

r fo

rm o

f the

plu

ral n

oun

activ

ities

in S

ente

nce

6?

Aac

tiviti

Bac

tiviti

e

Cac

tivity

Dac

tivite

y

43G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_043

.indd

439/

5/06

6:02

:36

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Si

ng

ula

r an

dPl

ura

l No

un

s

Less

on

12

L

ast

wee

k, I

to

ure

d t

he (

4) fa

rm o

uts

ide

of

tow

n. A

t th

e fi

rst

farm

, I s

aw

(5) p

ig, (6

) ho

rse,

an

d (7

) co

w. S

om

e o

f th

e co

ws

had

rec

entl

y h

ad (8

) bab

y. Y

ou

ng

cow

s ar

e ca

lled

(9) c

alf.

Th

e (10

) ow

ner

of

the

farm

to

ld m

e m

any

inte

rest

ing

(11) s

tory

ab

ou

t li

fe o

n a

far

m. Th

ey

als

o t

old

me

abo

ut

som

e o

f th

e (12

) job

th

ey

do.

On

e jo

b is

to

fee

d t

he

(13) a

nim

al. A

no

ther

job

is t

o s

hea

r th

e (14

) sh

eep

an

d

the

(15) la

mb.

I e

njo

yed

my

visi

t ve

ry m

uch

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Co

mp

lete

it w

ith

th

e p

lura

l fo

rm

of

the

wo

rd in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

1.

Did

you

see

the

wild

o

n th

e is

land

? (p

ony)

2.

We

saw

blu

eber

ry

on

that

hill

. (bu

sh)

3.

The

ran

thr

ough

the

fore

st. (

fox)

Rew

rite

th

e p

arag

rap

h. C

han

ge

the

und

erlin

ed s

ing

ular

no

uns

to p

lura

l no

uns.

Did

you

see

the

wild

pon

ies

on th

e is

land

?

We

saw

blu

eber

ry b

ushe

s on

that

hill

.

The

foxe

s ra

n th

roug

h th

e fo

rest

.

Last

wee

k, I

tour

ed th

e (4

) far

ms

outs

ide

of to

wn.

At t

he

first

farm

, I s

aw (5

) pig

s, (6

) hor

ses,

and

(7) c

ows.

Som

e

of th

e co

ws

had

rece

ntly

had

(8) b

abie

s. Y

oung

cow

s ar

e

calle

d (9

) cal

ves.

The

(10)

ow

ners

of t

he fa

rm to

ld m

e m

any

inte

rest

ing

(11)

sto

ries

abou

t life

on

a fa

rm. T

hey

also

told

me

abou

t som

e of

the

(12)

jobs

they

do.

One

job

is to

feed

the

(13)

ani

mal

s. A

noth

er jo

b is

to s

hear

the

(14)

she

ep a

nd th

e

(15)

lam

bs. I

enj

oyed

my

visi

t ver

y m

uch.

44G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_044

.indd

44

9/16

/06

7:3

9:17

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePo

sses

sive

No

un

s

Less

on

13

Rew

rite

eac

h p

hra

se, u

sin

g a

po

sses

sive

no

un.

1.

the

pad

dle

of t

he b

oy

2.

the

wat

er o

f the

cam

per

s

3.

the

cano

e be

long

ing

to m

y au

nt

4.

the

leav

es o

f the

tre

es

5.

the

nest

of t

he b

irds

6.

the

cabi

n be

long

ing

to m

y gr

andf

athe

r

7.

the

back

pac

k of

my

sist

er

8.

the

dog

of t

he g

irls

9.

the

hose

of t

he fi

refig

hter

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

th

e p

oss

essi

ve f

orm

of

the

no

un in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

10.

My

ten

t is

red

and

blu

e. (

uncl

e)

11.

The

cam

pin

g tr

ip is

a g

reat

suc

cess

. (fa

mily

)

12.

The

boy

hear

d th

e b

arks

. (do

gs)

13.

Aun

t M

eg t

akes

the

b

oots

to

the

shed

. (bo

ys)

14.

The

cam

p is

dow

n th

e hi

ll. (

wom

en)

15.

The

c

once

rn is

that

the

brid

ge is

not

saf

e. (p

ark

rang

ers)

the

boy’

s pa

ddle

the

cam

pers

’ wat

erm

y au

nt’s

can

oe

the

trees

’ lea

ves

the

bird

s’ n

est m

y gr

andf

athe

r’s c

abin

my

sist

er’s

bac

kpac

k

the

girls

’ dog

the

firef

ight

er’s

hos

e

My

uncl

e’s

tent

is re

d an

d bl

ue.

The

fam

ily’s

cam

ping

trip

is a

gre

at s

ucce

ss.

The

boy

hear

d th

e do

gs’ b

arks

.

Aunt

Meg

take

s th

e bo

ys’ b

oots

to th

e sh

ed.

The

wom

en’s

cam

p is

dow

n th

e hi

ll.

The

park

rang

ers’

con

cern

is th

at th

e br

idge

is n

ot s

afe.

45G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_045

.indd

459/

5/06

6:05

:32

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePo

sses

sive

No

un

s

Less

on

13

Iden

tify

eac

h u

nd

erlin

ed n

oun

as

plur

al,s

ingu

lar

poss

essi

ve, o

r pl

ural

poss

essi

ve.

1.

At

the

par

k’s

entr

ance

, the

re is

an

info

rmat

ion

boot

h.

2.

The

boot

h’s

sign

ask

s vi

sito

rs t

o be

car

eful

.

3.

It is

vis

itors

’ res

pon

sibi

lity

to p

reve

nt fo

rest

fire

s.

4.

Mat

ches

are

use

d to

ligh

t a

cam

pfir

e.

5.

Som

etim

es fi

res’

flam

es d

o no

t go

out

imm

edia

tely

.

6.

Whe

n th

e fir

e is

out

, pou

r w

ater

ove

r th

e as

hes.

7.

Dry

gra

sses

cat

ch fi

re q

uick

ly.

8.

A t

ree’

s le

aves

can

bur

n, t

oo.

9.

Fire

fight

ers

wat

ch t

he fo

rest

from

tal

l loo

kout

tow

ers.

10.

A fi

refig

hter

’s t

ools

for

fight

ing

fires

incl

ude

hose

s.

Wri

te t

he

plu

ral,

sin

gul

ar p

oss

essi

ve, a

nd

plu

ral p

oss

essi

ve f

orm

of

each

no

un.

11.

moo

se

12.

calf

13.

goos

e

14.

wol

f

15.

knife

16.

com

mun

ity

17.

dish

18.

song

19.

glov

e

20.

tabl

e

plur

alsing

ular

pos

sess

ive

sing

ular

pos

sess

ive plur

al

com

mun

ities

, com

mun

ity’s

, com

mun

ities

’

moo

se, m

oose

’s, m

oose

’s

calv

es, c

alf’s

, cal

ves’

dish

es, d

ish’

s, d

ishe

s’so

ngs,

son

g’s,

son

gs’

gees

e, g

oose

’s, g

eese

’s

glov

es, g

love

’s, g

love

s’

wol

ves,

wol

f’s, w

olve

s’kn

ives

, kni

fe’s

, kni

ves’

tabl

es, t

able

’s, t

able

s’

sing

ular

pos

sess

ive

plur

al p

osse

ssiv

e

plur

alpl

ural

sing

ular

pos

sess

ive

plur

al p

osse

ssiv

e

46G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_046

.indd

469/

5/06

6:06

:47

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

13

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stu

den

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) L

ast

sum

mer

, my

frie

nd

’s a

nd

I w

ent

to a

n o

rch

ard

to

pic

k a

pp

les.

(2) Th

e

orc

har

d’s

ow

ner

s ga

ve u

s b

ask

ets

and

sh

ow

ed u

s th

e ro

ws

of

app

le

tree

s. (3

) Th

e ap

ple

s’ sc

ent

was

sw

eet.

(4) O

n e

ach

tre

e’s

tru

nk

th

ere

was

a

lad

der

. (5) M

y fr

ien

ds

and

I c

lim

bed

up

th

e la

dd

ers’

run

gs u

nti

l we

wer

e

hid

den

in t

he

tree

s’ le

aves

. (6) W

e p

ick

ed a

pp

les

un

til o

ur

bas

ket

s w

ere

full

.

1.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

2 is

a

sing

ular

pos

sess

ive

noun

?

Aor

char

d’s

Bow

ners

Cba

sket

s

Dro

ws

2.

In

whi

ch s

ente

nce

is t

he w

ord

tree

writ

ten

as a

plu

ral p

osse

ssiv

e no

un?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

3.

Whi

ch fo

rm o

f the

wor

d ap

ple

is

NO

T in

the

pas

sage

?

Asi

ngul

ar

Bsi

ngul

ar p

osse

ssiv

e

Cp

lura

l

Dp

lura

l pos

sess

ive

4.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

wor

d

ladd

ers’

in S

ente

nce

5?

Asi

ngul

ar n

oun

Bsi

ngul

ar p

osse

ssiv

e no

un

Cp

lura

l nou

n

Dp

lura

l pos

sess

ive

noun

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

cont

ains

a

pos

sess

ive

noun

tha

t sh

ould

be

writ

ten

as a

plu

ral n

oun?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

6.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

wor

d ba

sket

s in

Sent

ence

6?

Asi

ngul

ar n

oun

Bsi

ngul

ar p

osse

ssiv

e no

un

Cp

lura

l nou

n

Dp

lura

l pos

sess

ive

noun

47G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_047

.indd

479/

5/06

6:07

:09

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Po

sses

sive

No

un

s

Less

on

13

Iden

tify

eac

h u

nd

erlin

ed n

oun

as

plur

al, s

ingu

lar

poss

essi

ve, o

r pl

ural

pos

sess

ive.

1.

The

boys

’ trip

dow

n th

e riv

er w

as e

xciti

ng.

2.

I put

the

chi

ldre

n’s

nam

es o

n th

eir

back

pac

ks.

3.

The

kaya

k’s

pad

dle

was

mis

sing

.

4.

Ther

e w

ere

two

seat

s in

the

larg

e ka

yak.

5.

The

inst

ruct

or t

old

them

to

grab

the

pad

dle’

s ha

ndle

.

6.

The

rush

ing

soun

ds o

f run

ning

wat

er g

ot lo

uder

.

7.

They

fast

ened

the

ir lif

ejac

kets

’ str

aps

tight

ly.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

th

e p

osse

ssiv

e fo

rm o

f th

e n

oun

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

8.

The

favo

rite

aciti

vity

is t

o hi

ke t

he t

rails

nea

r th

e sc

hool

.

(stu

dent

s)

9.

Adi

na k

now

s w

hich

of t

he

sig

ns t

o fo

llow

. (tr

ail)

10.

Her

w

ish

is t

o be

com

e a

par

k ra

nger

. (lif

e)

11.

Usi

ng t

he m

ap, w

e ca

n fin

d th

e lo

catio

n. (

cam

psi

te)

12.

I hol

d on

to t

he

han

drai

l as

I cro

ss t

he r

iver

. (br

idge

)

sing

ular

pos

sess

ive

plur

alplur

al p

osse

ssiv

e

plur

al p

osse

ssiv

e

plur

al p

osse

ssiv

e

The

stud

ents

’ fav

orite

aci

tivity

is to

hik

e th

e tra

ils n

ear t

he s

choo

l.

Adin

a kn

ows

whi

ch o

f the

tra

il’s

sign

s to

follo

w.

Her l

ife’s

wis

h is

to b

ecom

e a

park

rang

er.

Usin

g th

e m

ap, w

e ca

n fin

d th

e ca

mps

ite’s

loca

tion.

I hol

d on

to th

e br

idge

’s h

andr

ail a

s I c

ross

the

river

.

sing

ular

pos

sess

ive

plur

al

48G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_048

.indd

48

9/16

/06

7:3

9:31

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePr

on

ou

ns

and

An

tece

den

ts

Less

on

14

Un

der

line

the

pro

no

uns.

Cir

cle

each

pro

no

un’s

ante

ced

ent.

1.

The

farm

er w

as h

app

y w

hen

she

got

hom

e.

2.

Beth

led

the

cow

into

her

sta

ll.

3.

The

man

kne

w h

e ha

d to

buy

mor

e se

eds.

4.

Whe

n th

e tr

ees

grew

tal

l, th

ey s

hade

d th

e ho

use.

5.

The

hors

es s

aw t

he h

ay a

nd b

egan

eat

ing

it.

6.

Mr.

Smith

pic

ked

up t

he t

ools

and

put

the

m in

the

she

d.

7.

Ms.

Dan

iels

has

boo

ts, b

ut t

hey

are

too

smal

l.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Rep

lace

th

e un

der

lined

wo

rd o

r w

ord

s w

ith

pro

no

uns.

8.

The

cat

pic

ked

up t

he k

itten

s an

d ca

rrie

d th

e ki

tten

s.

9.

The

jar

of p

each

es fe

ll, b

ut t

he ja

r of

pea

ches

did

not

bre

ak.

10.

Will

iam

ask

ed Ja

nine

if Ja

nine

wou

ld r

ake

the

law

n.

11.

The

vet

aske

d th

e ow

ners

if t

he o

wne

rs h

ad a

ny q

uest

ions

.

12.

Whe

n th

e bo

y sa

w t

he h

orse

, the

boy

was

hap

py.

Wri

te t

wo

sent

ence

s us

ing

pron

ouns

. Tra

de s

ente

nces

wit

h a

frie

nd, a

nd r

ewri

te h

is o

r he

r

sent

ence

s, r

epla

cing

the

pro

noun

s w

ith

noun

s.

The

cat p

icke

d up

the

kitte

ns a

nd c

arrie

d th

em.

The

jar o

f pea

ches

fell,

but

it d

id n

ot b

reak

.

Will

iam

ask

ed J

anin

e if

she

wou

ld ra

ke th

e la

wn.

The

vet a

sked

the

owne

rs if

they

had

any

que

stio

ns.

Whe

n th

e bo

y sa

w th

e ho

rse,

he

was

hap

py.

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

49G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_049

.indd

499/

16/0

67:

39:4

7AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePr

on

ou

ns

and

An

tece

den

ts

Less

on

14

Cir

cle

the

corr

ect

pro

no

un in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

1.

The

farm

ers

pla

nted

see

ds. T

hen

the

bird

s at

e (it

, the

m).

2.

Sudd

enly

the

rai

n be

gan.

Peo

ple

sai

d th

at (

it, h

e) w

ould

rui

n th

e cr

ops.

3.

Nan

cy a

nd P

ablo

hug

ged

the

dog.

(W

e, T

hey)

tol

d th

e do

g to

be

good

.

4.

Plea

se p

ut t

he w

heat

in t

he b

arn.

(It

, He)

will

get

wet

.

5.

Tom

and

Gw

en w

ere

hap

py.

(Sh

e, T

hey)

had

gro

wn

a p

rize

pum

pki

n.

6.

Dan

iel w

as t

ired.

(H

e, T

hey)

dec

ided

not

to

do h

is c

hore

s.

7.

A c

alf w

as b

orn

last

wee

k. (

They

, It)

wei

ghed

abo

ut 5

0 p

ound

s.

Rew

rite

th

e fo

llow

ing

par

agra

ph

, rep

laci

ng

th

e un

der

lined

wo

rd o

r w

ord

s

wit

h a

pro

no

un.

Jaso

n, I

wan

t to

tel

l (8) J

aso

n a

bo

ut

my

trip

to

th

e m

ou

nta

ins.

(9) Th

e

trip

was

fan

tast

ic! I

wen

t w

ith

my

sist

er, D

ion

ne,

an

d (1

0) D

ion

ne

had

a g

oo

d t

ime,

to

o.

(11) D

ion

ne

and

I w

ent

to t

he

Ro

cky

Mo

un

tain

s. (1

2) Th

e

Ro

cky

Mo

un

tain

s

wer

e so

bea

uti

ful!

Alt

ho

ugh

th

e te

mp

erat

ure

was

war

m, t

her

e w

as s

no

w o

n

(13) t

he

Ro

cky

Mo

un

tain

s. I

mad

e sn

ow

bal

ls a

nd

th

rew

(14)

the

sno

wb

alls

at

Dio

nn

e. (1

5) D

ion

ne

lau

ghed

, an

d (1

6) D

ion

ne

star

ted

th

row

ing

sno

wb

alls

, to

o.

Can

(17)

Jaso

n b

elie

ve t

hat

(18)

Dio

nn

e an

d I

had

a s

no

wb

all fi

gh

t in

Ju

ne?

Jaso

n, I

wan

t to

tell

(8) y

ou a

bout

my

trip

to th

e m

ount

ains

.

(9) I

t was

fant

astic

! I w

ent w

ith m

y si

ster

, Dio

nne,

and

(10)

she

had

a go

od ti

me,

too.

(11)

We

wen

t to

the

Rock

y M

ount

ains

.

(12)

The

y w

ere

so b

eaut

iful!

Alth

ough

the

tem

pera

ture

was

war

m, t

here

was

sno

w o

n (1

3) th

em. I

mad

e sn

owba

lls a

nd

thre

w (1

4) th

em a

t Dio

nne.

(15)

She

laug

hed,

and

(16)

she

star

ted

thro

win

g sn

owba

lls, t

oo. C

an (1

7) y

ou b

elie

ve th

at

(18)

we

had

a sn

owba

ll fig

ht in

Jun

e?

50G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_050

.indd

509/

5/06

6:09

:51

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

14

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) L

ast

spri

ng,

I m

et m

y fr

ien

ds

Lyd

ia a

nd

Gen

e. (2

) Th

ey m

ove

d

her

e fr

om

Tex

as. (3

) Lyd

ia, G

ene,

an

d I

met

at

the

cree

k b

y th

e

sch

oo

l. (4

) I li

ked

to

go

th

ere

to li

sten

to

th

e w

ater

as

it r

an o

ver

the

rock

s. (5

) Lyd

ia a

nd

Gen

e li

ked

to

hea

r th

em, t

oo.

(6) S

oo

n w

e w

ere

pla

yin

g to

geth

er e

very

day

!

1.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

1 is

a

pro

noun

?

ALa

st

BI

Cfr

iend

s

DG

ene

2.

Whi

ch is

the

ant

eced

ent

for

the

pro

noun

they

in S

ente

nce

2?

Asp

ring

BI

CLy

dia

and

Gen

e

DTe

xas

3.

Whi

ch p

rono

un is

use

d in

corr

ectly

in

the

pas

sage

?

ATh

ey

BI

Cit

Dth

em

4.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in S

ente

nce

3?

ATh

ey

BSh

e

CW

e

DU

s

5.

Whi

ch w

ord

is t

he a

ntec

eden

t fo

r

the

pro

noun

it in

Sen

tenc

e 4?

AI

Bth

ere

Cw

ater

Dro

cks

6.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in S

ente

nce

5?

ATh

ey

BW

e

CYo

u

DTh

em

51G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_051

.indd

519/

5/06

6:10

:17

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Pr

on

ou

ns

and

An

tece

den

ts

Less

on

14

Un

der

line

each

no

un. R

ewri

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce, r

epla

cin

gea

ch n

oun

wit

h a

pro

no

un.

1.

Tina

bru

shed

the

hor

se.

2.

Did

Car

ter

see

Hel

en?

3.

Mr.

Finn

foun

d th

e ra

ke.

4.

The

dog

shoo

k th

e bo

ne.

5.

Aun

t M

ary

wen

t w

ith t

he g

irls.

6.

The

brot

hers

wav

ed t

o M

r. Le

wis

.

Wri

te e

ach

pro

no

un a

nd

its

ante

ced

ent.

7.

Dan

a an

d G

iles

told

Lisa

that

she

had

miss

ed ri

ding

pra

ctic

e. T

hey

wal

ked

her h

ome.

8.

Aft

er P

hylli

s sa

w t

he h

orse

com

pet

ition

, she

cou

ldn’

t st

op t

alki

ng a

bout

it. S

he

said

it w

as v

ery

exci

ting!

9.

Blak

e le

t Ja

smin

bor

row

the

cam

era

for

the

Stat

e Fa

ir. S

he a

ccid

enta

lly b

roke

it.

He

was

not

ang

ry, b

ecau

se it

was

old

.

10.

Jen

told

Gra

ndm

a an

d G

rand

pa

that

the

y m

ake

the

best

ap

ple

pie

s. T

hey

said

the

pie

s ta

ste

good

to

them

, too

.

She

brus

hed

it.

Did

he s

ee h

er?

He fo

und

it.

It sh

ook

it.

She

wen

t with

them

.

They

wav

ed to

him

.

she,

Lis

a; T

hey,

Dan

a an

d Gi

les;

her

, Lis

a

she,

Phy

llis;

it, c

ompe

titio

n; s

he, P

hylli

s; it

, com

petit

ion

she,

Jas

min

; it,

cam

era;

he,

Bla

ke; i

t, ca

mer

a

they

, Gra

ndm

a an

d Gr

andp

a; T

hey,

Gra

ndm

a an

d Gr

andp

a;

them

, Gra

ndm

a an

d Gr

andp

a

52G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_052

.indd

52

9/5/

06

6:11

:38

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

15

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) M

istr

ess

Her

nan

dez

, th

e ca

mp

sw

imm

ing

In

stru

cto

r, a

nn

ou

nce

d s

om

e

spec

ial e

ven

ts f

or

chil

d t

his

Fo

urt

h o

f Ju

ly. (2

) Th

ere

wil

l be

div

ing

co

mp

etit

ion

s,

swim

min

g r

aces

, an

d b

oat

rac

es in

do

gw

oo

d la

ke.

(3) Th

er

e w

ill b

e p

rize

s fo

r al

l

the

win

ner

s o

f th

e ev

ents

. (4) I

n t

he

even

ing,

a b

and

wil

l per

form

.

1.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

1 sh

ould

NO

T be

cap

italiz

ed?

A

Mis

tres

s

B

Inst

ruct

or

C

Four

th

D

July

2.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d no

un in

Sent

ence

1 b

e w

ritte

n?

A

child

s

B

child

ies

C

child

es

D

child

ren

3.

Whi

ch o

f the

se is

the

cor

rect

abbr

evia

ton

for

the

unde

rline

d w

ord

in S

ente

nce

1?

A

Mr.

B

Ms.

C

Mrs

.

D

Mis

s

4.

Whi

ch w

ords

in S

ente

nce

2 sh

ould

be c

apita

lized

?

A

divi

ng c

omp

etiti

ons

B

swim

min

g ra

ces

C

boat

rac

es

D

dogw

ood

lake

5.

How

man

y p

lura

l nou

ns a

re in

Sent

ence

3?

A

two

B

thre

e

C

four

D

none

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

no

plu

ral n

ouns

?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

3

D

Sent

ence

4

53G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_053

.indd

53

9/5/

06

6:12

:43

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e G

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

gC

on

nec

tio

n

Less

on

15

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

y co

usi

ns’

, Jen

an

d A

nge

l, c

om

pet

ed in

a s

wim

mee

t la

st w

eek

.

(2) M

y b

roth

er P

ablo

an

d I

lik

e to

wat

ch t

hem

sw

im, s

o w

e w

ent

to t

he

mee

t,

too.

(3) W

hen

Pab

lo a

nd

I a

rriv

ed, J

en a

nd

An

gel t

old

us

that

th

ey h

ave

luck

y

swim

suit

s. (4

) My

cou

sin

s m

ust

be

rig

ht

bec

ause

th

ey e

ach

wo

n a

n e

ven

t!

(5) I

go

t to

ho

ld m

y co

usi

ns’

tro

ph

ies

and

cel

ebra

te w

ith

th

em.

1.

Whi

ch is

the

ant

eced

ent

for

the

pro

noun

the

y in

Sen

tenc

e 3?

A

Jen

and

Ang

el

B

Pabl

o an

d I

C

brot

her

Pabl

o

D

cous

ins

2.

Whi

ch is

the

ant

eced

ent

for

the

pro

noun

we

in S

ente

nce

2?

A

Jen

and

Ang

el

B

brot

her

Pabl

o

C

Pabl

o an

d I

D

them

3.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

wor

d

cous

ins’

in S

ente

nce

5?

A

sing

ular

nou

n

B

sing

ular

pos

sess

ive

noun

C

plu

ral n

oun

D

plu

ral p

osse

ssiv

e no

un

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

lura

l

pos

sess

ive

noun

tha

t sh

ould

be a

plu

ral n

oun?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

3

C

Sent

ence

4

D

Sent

ence

5

5.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

wor

d tr

ophi

es in

Sent

ence

5?

A

sing

ular

nou

n

B

sing

ular

pos

sess

ive

noun

C

plu

ral n

oun

D

plu

ral p

osse

ssiv

e no

un

6.

How

man

y p

rono

uns

are

in

Sent

ence

3?

A

one

B

two

C

thre

e

D

four

54G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_054

.indd

54

9/5/

06

6:13

:25

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eSu

bje

ct a

nd

Ob

ject

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

16

Wri

te S

Pfo

r su

bjec

t pr

onou

n or

OP

for

obje

ct p

rono

unto

iden

tify

eac

h u

nd

erlin

ed w

ord

.

1.

Rebe

cca

gave

him

a b

ook

abou

t in

vent

ors.

2.

Kyle

ask

ed u

s to

hel

p d

esig

n a

raci

ng s

led.

3.

We

wer

e ex

cite

d ab

out

help

ing

inve

nt a

new

toy

!

4.

They

tes

ted

the

raci

ng s

led

on t

he h

ill.

5.

It w

orke

d re

ally

wel

l!

6.

Kyle

was

pro

ud o

f it.

7.

They

look

ed c

old

and

tired

.

8.

Rebe

cca

invi

ted

them

insi

de fo

r m

ilk a

nd c

ooki

es.

9.

She

said

tha

t ch

ocol

ate

chip

coo

kies

wer

e he

r fa

vorit

e sn

ack.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Rep

lace

th

e un

der

lined

wo

rd o

r w

ord

s w

ith

a p

ron

oun

.

10.

The

fire

esca

pe

was

inve

nted

by

Ann

a C

onne

lly.

11.

Dra

ke a

nd C

laud

e de

velo

ped

a n

ew t

ype

of b

ackp

ack.

12.

Mar

ia B

easl

ey d

esig

ned

the

first

life

raf

t.

13.

Eli W

hitn

ey c

reat

ed m

any

usef

ul t

hing

s.

14.

Wou

ld t

hese

inve

ntio

ns w

in p

rizes

?

15.

The

deci

sion

was

not

up

to

you

and

me.

OP

The

fire

esca

pe w

as in

vent

ed b

y he

r.

They

dev

elop

ed a

new

type

of b

ackp

ack.

Mar

ia B

easl

ey d

esig

ned

it.

He c

reat

ed m

any

usef

ul th

ings

.

Wou

ld th

ey w

in p

rizes

?

The

deci

sion

was

not

up

to u

s.

OPSP

SPSP OP

SPOP

SP

55G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_055

.indd

559/

19/0

66:

53:5

0AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eSu

bje

ct a

nd

Ob

ject

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

16

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Ch

oo

se t

he

corr

ect

wo

rds

in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

1.

(Tim

, Lis

a, a

nd I/

I, Ti

m, a

nd L

isa)

are

mak

ing

a p

rese

ntat

ion.

2.

Our

tea

cher

ask

ed (

Tim

and

me/

me

and

Tim

) to

do

som

e re

sear

ch.

3.

Then

(I a

nd L

isa/

Lisa

and

I) w

orke

d on

the

nex

t p

art.

4.

(I a

nd s

he/S

he a

nd I)

dre

w p

ictu

res

of fa

mou

s in

vent

ions

.

5.

Tim

rea

d hi

s in

trod

uctio

n to

(m

e an

d Li

sa/L

isa

and

me)

.

6.

Our

tea

cher

con

grat

ulat

ed (

Tim

, Lis

a, a

nd m

e/m

e, T

im, a

nd L

isa)

.

If t

he

ord

er o

f p

ron

oun

s in

th

e se

nte

nce

is c

orr

ect,

wri

te c

orre

ct. I

f th

e o

rder

is

inco

rrec

t, r

ewri

te t

he

sen

ten

ce c

orr

ectl

y.

7.

I and

Lan

a re

ad a

boo

k ab

out

Sara

h G

oode

.

8.

She

and

I stu

died

wom

en in

vent

ors.

9.

I and

you

mus

t de

cide

whi

ch b

ook

to r

ead

next

.

10.

Hea

ther

invi

ted

Dom

inic

and

me

to s

tudy

with

her

.

Tim

, Lis

a, a

nd I

are

mak

ing

a pr

esen

tatio

n.

Our t

each

er a

sked

Tim

and

me

to d

o so

me

rese

arch

.

Then

Lis

a an

d I w

orke

d on

the

next

par

t.

She

and

I dre

w p

ictu

res

of fa

mou

s in

vent

ions

.

Tim

read

his

intro

duct

ion

to L

isa

and

me.

Our t

each

er c

ongr

atul

ated

Tim

, Lis

a, a

nd m

e.

Lana

and

I re

ad a

boo

k ab

out S

arah

Goo

de.

corr

ect

You

and

I mus

t dec

ide

whi

ch b

ook

to re

ad n

ext.

corr

ect

56G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_056

.indd

569/

12/0

64:

42:3

9PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

16

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) T

od

ay m

e an

d E

lla

lear

ned

ab

ou

t an

inve

nto

r n

amed

Sar

ah

Go

od

e. (2

) Hav

e yo

u h

eard

of

Sar

ah G

oo

de?

(3) I

n t

he

18

80

s, s

he

saw

th

at

fam

ilie

s li

vin

g in

cit

ies

had

ver

y sm

all a

par

tmen

ts, a

nd

fam

ilie

s n

eed

ed t

o

save

sp

ace.

(4) H

er d

esig

ned

a n

ew k

ind

of

bed

. (5)

fo

lded

into

a ca

bin

et a

nd

bec

ame

a d

esk

. (6) I

th

ink

th

at in

ven

tio

n is

cle

ver!

1.

Whi

ch w

ords

sho

uld

rep

lace

the

wor

dsm

e an

d El

la t

o co

rrec

t

Sent

ence

1?

AEl

la a

nd m

e

BEl

la a

nd I

CI a

nd E

lla

Dhe

and

Ella

2.

Whi

ch p

rono

un w

ould

bes

t

com

ple

te S

ente

nce

5?

ASh

e

BTh

ey

CIt

DTh

em

3.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

the

wor

dsSa

rah

Goo

de in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

Ahe

r

Bsh

e

Cit

Dth

em

4.

Whi

ch o

f the

follo

win

g se

nten

ces

has

an in

corr

ect

pro

noun

?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

the

seco

ndfa

mili

es in

Sen

tenc

e 3?

Aw

e

Bth

em

Cth

ey

Dhe

6.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

the

wor

dsth

at in

vent

ion

in S

ente

nce

6?

Ahe

r

Bit

Cth

ey

Dus

57G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_057

.indd

579/

12/0

64:

43:1

4PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Su

bje

ct a

nd

Ob

ject

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

16

Fill

in e

ach

bla

nk

wit

h a

pro

no

un f

rom

th

e b

ox.

No

t al

l o

f th

e p

ron

oun

s w

ill b

e us

ed.

1.

Jam

es t

hink

s w

ould

like

to

desi

gn v

ideo

gam

es.

2.

Dio

n sh

owed

a

mod

el o

f the

toy

he

mad

e.

3.

My

frie

nd N

oelle

inve

nted

a g

ame,

and

we

pla

yed

.

4.

tol

d Ra

fiq t

hat

his

idea

wou

ld s

ave

peo

ple

tim

e.

5.

Pia

and

ent

ered

the

com

pet

ition

tog

ethe

r.

6.

Dam

ien

is n

ervo

us, b

ut h

is fr

iend

s w

ill b

e th

ere

with

.

7.

Rave

n as

ked

Ron

and

to

help

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Rep

lace

th

e un

der

lined

wo

rd o

r w

ord

s w

ith

a p

ron

oun

.

Wri

te s

ubje

ct o

r ob

ject

to

iden

tify

eac

h k

ind

of

pro

no

un.

8.

Fred

gav

e a

rep

ort

on T

abith

a Ba

bbitt

.

9.

Tabi

tha

Babb

itt in

vent

ed t

he c

ircul

ar s

aw.

10.

Trey

and

Mar

ie t

old

Fred

the

rep

ort

was

ter

rific

.

me

her

ith

imI

she

he

they

we

us

them

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

he us

it

They

I

him

me

He g

ave

a re

port

on h

er. H

e, s

ubje

ct; h

er, o

bjec

t

She

inve

nted

it. S

he, s

ubje

ct; i

t, ob

ject

They

told

him

the

repo

rt w

as te

rrifi

c. T

hey,

sub

ject

;

him

, obj

ect

58G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_058

.indd

58

9/12

/06

4:4

4:02

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePo

sses

sive

and

Refl

exi

vePr

on

ou

ns

Less

on

17

Wri

te t

he

po

sses

sive

pro

no

un t

hat

co

uld

rep

lace

eac

hg

roup

of

wo

rds.

B

efo

re a

No

un

Stan

d A

lon

e

1.

belo

ngin

g to

us

2.

belo

ngin

g to

the

m

3.

owne

d by

the

boy

4.

belo

ngin

g to

me

5.

belo

ngin

g to

you

6.

the

girl‘

s

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, rep

laci

ng

th

e un

der

lined

wo

rd o

r w

ord

s w

ith

a

po

sses

sive

pro

no

un.

7.

This

is D

anita

’s p

aint

ing.

8.

The

pap

er o

n th

e ea

sel i

s Pa

tric

k’s.

9.

“I t

hink

Dan

ita’s

pai

ntin

g is

the

bes

t,”

says

Dan

ita.

10.

Sim

on a

nd D

onna

ann

ounc

e th

at t

he d

raw

ing

is S

imon

’s a

nd D

onna

’s.

If y

ou

wer

e to

dra

w a

pic

ture

of

you

rsel

f, w

hat

wo

uld

it lo

ok

like?

Use

po

sses

sive

pro

no

un

s to

wri

te t

hre

e se

nte

nce

s d

escr

ibin

g t

he

pic

ture

. In

clu

de

po

sses

sive

pro

no

un

s th

at a

re u

sed

bef

ore

no

un

s an

d p

oss

essi

ve p

ron

ou

ns

that

sta

nd

alo

ne.

our

thei

rhi

sm

yyo

urhe

r

ours

thei

rshi

sm

ine

your

she

rs

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

This

is h

er p

aint

ing.

The

pape

r on

the

ease

l is

his.

“I th

ink

my

pain

ting

is th

e be

st,”

say

s Da

nita

.

Sim

on a

nd D

onna

ann

ounc

e th

at th

e dr

awin

g is

thei

rs.

59G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_059

.indd

599/

19/0

66:

54:0

5AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePo

sses

sive

and

Refl

exi

vePr

on

ou

ns

Less

on

17

Ch

oo

se t

he

refl

exiv

e p

ron

oun

th

at c

an r

epla

ce e

ach

no

un o

r p

ron

oun

.

1.

they

2.

I

3.

the

chai

r

4.

we

5.

the

girl

6.

you

7.

the

boy

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

s. C

ho

ose

th

e co

rrec

t re

flex

ive

pro

no

un in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

8.

Jero

me

wan

ted

to p

aint

(hi

mse

lf/th

emse

lves

).

9.

We

look

ed a

t (h

erse

lf/ou

rsel

ves)

in t

he m

irror

.

10.

Wou

ld y

ou li

ke t

o dr

aw (

your

self/

itsel

f)?

11.

Did

you

thi

nk y

ou c

ould

do

it al

l by

(you

rsel

ves/

him

self)

?

12.

The

wom

an s

aid

she

wou

ld b

uy t

he p

aint

s (h

imse

lf/he

rsel

f).

itse

lfyo

urs

elf

her

self

them

selv

esh

imse

lfm

ysel

fo

urs

elve

s

them

selv

esm

ysel

fits

elf

ours

elve

she

rsel

fyo

urse

lfhi

mse

lf

Jero

me

wan

ted

to p

aint

him

self.

We

look

ed a

t our

selv

es in

the

mirr

or.

Wou

ld y

ou li

ke to

dra

w y

ours

elf?

Did

you

thin

k yo

u co

uld

do it

all

by y

ours

elve

s?

The

wom

an s

aid

she

wou

ld b

uy th

e pa

ints

her

self.

60G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_060

.indd

609/

12/0

64:

45:2

4PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

17

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

Ou

r te

ach

er a

nn

ou

nce

d, “

To

day

yo

u w

ill m

ake

a p

ain

tin

g o

f yo

ur

favo

rite

thin

g.”

(2) S

he

said

th

e st

ud

ents

co

uld

dec

ide

wh

at t

o p

ain

t al

l by

.

(3) A

t fi

rst,

man

y st

ud

ents

just

sta

red

at

the

stu

den

ts’ b

lan

k p

aper

s. (4

) Th

en a

bo

y n

amed

Fer

nan

do

beg

an p

ain

tin

g b

ird

s o

n F

ern

and

o’s

pap

er. (5

) Lu

cia

beg

an

pai

nti

ng

bas

ket

bal

ls o

n h

ers.

(6) S

oo

n w

e w

ere

all e

njo

yin

g o

urs

elve

s!

1.

Whi

ch is

a r

efle

xive

pro

noun

?

AO

ur (

Sent

ence

1)

Byo

ur (

Sent

ence

1)

Che

rs (

Sent

ence

5)

Dou

rsel

ves

(Sen

tenc

e 6)

2.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

ref

lexi

ve

pro

noun

to

fill i

n th

e bl

ank

in

Sent

ence

2?

Ath

emse

lves

Bth

eirs

elf

Cth

emse

lf

Dth

emse

lfs

3.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in S

ente

nce

3?

Am

y

Bth

eir

Cits

Dou

r

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

osse

ssiv

e

pro

noun

tha

t st

ands

alo

ne?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch o

f the

se p

rono

uns

coul

d

rep

lace

the

und

erlin

ed w

ord

in

Sent

ence

4?

Ayo

ur

Bhe

r

Chi

s

Dits

6.

Whi

ch is

the

ant

eced

ent

for

the

pro

noun

ours

elve

s in

Sen

tenc

e 6?

Abo

y

BLu

cia

Cba

sket

balls

Dw

e

61G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_061

.indd

619/

12/0

64:

46:2

5PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Po

sses

sive

and

Refl

exi

vePr

on

ou

ns

Less

on

17

Wri

te t

he

pro

no

un in

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Th

en w

rite

P if

it

is p

oss

essi

ve o

r R

if it

is r

efle

xive

.

1.

The

artis

ts w

ere

ple

ased

with

the

ir w

ork.

2.

The

wom

an a

dmire

d he

r p

aint

ings

.

3.

Juan

ita p

aint

ed a

ll of

the

por

trai

ts h

erse

lf.

4.

I gav

e m

y p

aint

ing

to a

dea

r fr

iend

.

5.

The

scul

ptu

re w

as o

urs.

6.

Did

Mar

ia p

ut a

pric

e ta

g on

you

rs?

7.

Will

iam

and

Pet

er p

ut t

he e

xhib

it to

geth

er t

hem

selv

es.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Co

rrec

t an

y er

rors

in t

he

use

of

po

sses

sive

or

refl

exiv

e p

ron

oun

s.

8.

Kyle

sai

d th

e ill

ustr

atio

n be

long

ed t

o hi

s.

9.

That

was

min

e p

ictu

re!

10.

And

rea

put

her

s ar

t su

pp

lies

in t

he c

abin

et.

11.

We

help

ed o

urse

lf to

mor

e oi

l pai

nts.

12.

Joan

ie a

nd N

iall

said

the

y co

lore

d th

e p

oste

r hi

mse

lf.

thei

r, P

her,

P

hers

elf,

R

my,

P

ours

, P

your

s, P

them

selv

es, R

Kyle

sai

d th

e ill

ustra

tion

belo

nged

to h

im.

That

was

my

pict

ure!

Andr

ea p

ut h

er a

rt su

pplie

s in

the

cabi

net.

We

help

ed o

urse

lves

to m

ore

oil p

aint

s.

Joan

ie a

nd N

iall

said

they

col

ored

the

post

er th

emse

lves

.

62G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_062

.indd

62

9/12

/06

4:4

8:29

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eA

dje

ctiv

es a

nd

Art

icle

s

Less

on

18

Co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Ad

d a

n a

dje

ctiv

e o

f th

e ty

pe

sho

wn

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

1.

The

art

stu

dent

s p

acke

d th

eir

sup

plie

s. (

wha

t ki

nd?)

2.

Dou

glas

col

lect

ed

pai

ntbr

ushe

s. (

how

man

y?)

3.

Sop

hie

put

t

ubes

of p

aint

in a

box

. (ho

w m

any?

)

4.

The

teac

her

led

them

to

the

gar

den.

(w

hat

kind

?)

5.

The

stud

ents

dis

cuss

ed t

he

land

scap

e. (

wha

t ki

nd?)

6.

They

ske

tche

d fo

r h

ours

. (ho

w m

any?

)

7.

but

terf

lies

I was

dra

win

g fle

w a

way

! (w

hich

one

s?)

8.

Elen

a sa

t on

the

s

tep

. (w

hich

one

?)

9.

She

had

a t

alen

t. (

wha

t ki

nd?)

10.

I tho

ught

her

pai

ntin

g w

as

! (w

hat

kind

?)

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Ch

oo

se t

he

corr

ect

arti

cles

fro

m t

he

par

enth

eses

( )

.

11.

(A/T

he)

wor

kers

sat

dow

n in

(a/

the)

cha

irs.

12.

(An/

The)

gro

up w

as m

eetin

g in

(a/

an)

audi

toriu

m.

13.

Rees

e su

gges

ted

(a/a

n) id

ea fo

r (a

/an)

web

site

.

14.

(A/T

he)

boss

es a

pp

laud

ed h

er c

reat

ivity

.

15.

It w

as (

a/an

) ex

citin

g m

eetin

g!

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

The

wor

kers

sat

dow

n in

the

chai

rs.

The

grou

p w

as m

eetin

g in

an

audi

toriu

m.

Rees

e su

gges

ted

an id

ea fo

r a w

ebsi

te.

The

boss

es a

ppla

uded

her

cre

ativ

ity.

It w

as a

n ex

citin

g m

eetin

g!

happ

ytw

o fant

astic

five se

vera

lTh

ose

spec

ialfir

st

sunn

ybe

autif

ul

63G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_063

.indd

639/

19/0

66:

54:2

1AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eA

dje

ctiv

es a

nd

Art

icle

s

Less

on

18

Un

der

line

the

adje

ctiv

es in

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Th

en c

ircl

e

the

no

un e

ach

ad

ject

ive

des

crib

es.

1.

The

youn

g gi

rl w

as e

xcite

d.

2.

The

tall,

thi

n p

oet

stoo

d on

the

sta

ge.

3.

The

whi

te s

pot

light

was

brig

ht.

4.

Man

y ex

cite

d p

eop

le s

at in

the

aud

ienc

e.

5.

The

man

op

ened

his

sm

all,

wor

n bo

ok.

6.

In a

war

m, d

eep

voi

ce h

e re

ad t

he p

oem

.

7.

The

elde

rly w

oman

enj

oyed

the

won

derf

ul p

erfo

rman

ce.

Co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

usi

ng

tw

o a

dje

ctiv

es f

rom

th

e b

ox.

Use

eac

h a

dje

ctiv

e

on

ly o

nce

. Use

co

rrec

t p

unct

uati

on

.

seve

ral

bri

gh

tco

lorf

ul

pre

tty

ug

lyex

citi

ng

you

ng

man

yb

igd

irty

8.

The

lot

was

on

the

corn

er.

9.

chi

ldre

n di

scus

sed

how

to

clea

n it

up.

10.

A g

irl s

aid

they

sho

uld

pai

nt a

m

ural

.

11.

One

boy

sug

gest

ed p

lant

ing

flow

ers.

12.

The

pro

ject

was

a s

ucce

ss!

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

The

dirty

, ugl

y lo

t was

on

the

corn

er.

Seve

ral y

oung

chi

ldre

n di

scus

sed

how

to c

lean

it u

p.

A gi

rl sa

id th

ey s

houl

d pa

int a

brig

ht, c

olor

ful m

ural

.

One

boy

sugg

este

d pl

antin

g m

any

pret

ty fl

ower

s.

The

big,

exc

iting

pro

ject

was

a s

ucce

ss!

64G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_064

.indd

649/

12/0

64:

52:4

2PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

18

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) F

ive

big

clo

wn

s go

t o

ut

of

the

tin

y ca

r. (2

) Th

ey r

an a

rou

nd

in t

hei

r b

ig

ora

nge

sh

oes

. (3) Th

e

fi rs

t cl

ow

n m

ade

a lo

ud

no

ise,

an

d t

wo

oth

er c

low

ns

fell

do

wn

. (4) A

sm

all c

hil

d lo

ok

ed h

app

y. (5

) Su

dd

enly

th

e cl

ow

ns

thre

w t

hei

r fu

nn

y

colo

rfu

l hat

s in

to t

he

air

and

ran

aw

ay. (6

) Th

e ci

rcu

s te

nt

bec

ame

qu

iet

agai

n.

1.

Whi

ch a

djec

tive

in S

ente

nce

3 te

lls

how

man

y?

Afi r

st

Blo

ud

Cot

her

Dtw

o

2.

How

man

y ad

ject

ives

are

in

Sent

ence

1?

Aon

e

Btw

o

Cth

ree

Dfo

ur

3.

Whi

ch o

f the

se w

ords

is N

OT

an a

djec

tive?

AFi

ve (

Sent

ence

1)

Bca

r (S

ente

nce

1)

Cha

pp

y (S

ente

nce

4)

Dfu

nny

(Sen

tenc

e 5)

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is m

issi

ng a

com

ma

betw

een

two

adje

ctiv

es?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

5.

Wha

t do

es t

he a

djec

tive

colo

rful

in

Sent

ence

5 t

ell t

he r

eade

r?

Aho

w m

any

Bw

hich

one

Cw

hich

way

Dw

hat

kind

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

no a

rtic

les?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

65G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_065

.indd

659/

12/0

64:

56:4

0PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e A

dje

ctiv

es a

nd

Art

icle

s

Less

on

18

Rew

rite

th

e le

tter

. Ad

d a

n a

dje

ctiv

e o

r ad

ject

ives

to

des

crib

e ea

ch u

nd

erlin

ed n

oun

. Co

rrec

t th

e ar

ticl

es

wh

en n

eces

sary

.

Dea

r M

om a

nd D

ad,

I a

m h

avin

g a

(1)

time

at c

amp

. Aft

er (

2) d

ays,

I m

et (

3) fr

iend

s. W

e do

(4)

activ

ities

tog

ethe

r.

O

ne (

5) a

ctiv

ity is

art

s an

d cr

afts

cla

ss. I

mak

e (6

) p

ots

and

pai

nt t

hem

(7)

colo

rs. I

t ta

kes

(8)

wor

k, b

ut I

will

be

able

to

brin

g a

(9)

pot

hom

e to

you

!

I a

m h

app

y to

be

at (

16)

cam

p, a

nd I

feel

luck

y to

hav

e (1

7) p

aren

ts.

Plea

se g

ive

my

(18)

dog

a (

19)

hug

from

me.

Yo

ur (

20)

son,

Ky

le

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Dear

Mom

and

Dad

,

I am

hav

ing

a gr

eat t

ime

at c

amp.

Afte

r a fe

w d

ays,

I m

et

seve

ral n

ice

frien

ds. W

e do

man

y te

rrifi

c ac

tiviti

es to

geth

er.

One

inte

rest

ing

activ

ity is

arts

and

cra

fts c

lass

. I m

ake

clay

pot

s an

d pa

int t

hem

brig

ht c

olor

s. It

take

s ha

rd w

ork,

but

I will

be

able

to b

ring

a be

autif

ul p

ot h

ome

to y

ou!

I am

hap

py to

be

at th

is w

onde

rful c

amp,

and

I fe

el lu

cky

to h

ave

carin

g pa

rent

s. P

leas

e gi

ve m

y ad

orab

le d

og a

big

hug

from

me.

Yo

ur g

rate

ful s

on,

Ky

le

66G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_066

.indd

66

9/15

/06

4:2

2:38

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eC

om

par

ing

wit

h A

dje

ctiv

es

Less

on

19

Wri

te t

he

form

of

the

adje

ctiv

e us

ed t

o c

om

par

e p

eop

le,

pla

ces,

or

thin

gs.

C

omp

are

On

e w

ith

On

e C

omp

are

On

e w

ith

Mor

e th

an O

ne

1.

inte

rest

ing

2.

hap

py

3.

grea

t

4.

hung

ry

5.

amaz

ing

6.

cold

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e co

rrec

t fo

rm o

f th

e ad

ject

ive

in p

aren

thes

es.

7.

The

app

le t

ree

was

the

o

f all

the

tree

s. (

old)

8.

The

app

le is

a

frui

t th

an t

he p

ear.

(pop

ular

)

9.

Leo

said

tha

t st

raw

berr

ies

are

the

frui

t of

all.

(de

licio

us)

10.

The

pea

rs w

ere

the

pea

rs h

e ha

d ev

er e

aten

. (ju

icy)

11.

“Thi

s p

ear

is

tha

n th

at p

ear,”

sta

ted

the

girl.

(sm

all)

12.

A g

rap

efru

it is

t

han

an o

rang

e. (

larg

e)

mor

e in

tere

stin

gm

ost i

nter

estin

gha

ppie

rha

ppie

stgr

eate

rgr

eate

sthu

ngrie

rhu

ngrie

stm

ore

amaz

ing

mos

t am

azin

gco

lder

cold

est

The

appl

e tre

e w

as th

e ol

dest

of a

ll th

e tre

es.

The

appl

e is

a m

ore

popu

lar f

ruit

than

the

pear

.

Leo

said

that

stra

wbe

rrie

s ar

e th

e m

ost d

elic

ious

frui

t of a

ll.

The

pear

s w

ere

the

juic

iest

pea

rs h

e ha

d ev

er e

aten

.

“Thi

s pe

ar is

sm

alle

r tha

n th

at p

ear,”

sta

ted

the

girl.

A gr

apef

ruit

is la

rger

than

an

oran

ge.

67G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_067

.indd

679/

12/0

64:

58:3

2PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eC

om

par

ing

wit

h A

dje

ctiv

es

Less

on

19

Co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

wit

h a

co

rrec

t fo

rm o

f go

od.

1.

Aun

t Ja

ckie

’s p

ump

kin

pie

is

tha

n th

e on

e fr

om t

he s

tore

.

2.

Add

ing

extr

a sp

ices

to

the

pie

filli

ng is

a

idea

.

3.

Rene

’s a

pp

le p

ie is

t

han

her

last

ap

ple

pie

.

4.

The

com

pet

ition

is t

o fin

d w

ho m

akes

the

p

each

pre

serv

es.

5.

To g

row

the

fl

ower

s, y

ou h

ave

to w

ork

hard

.

6.

Gra

ndp

a te

lls m

e th

at h

is g

arde

n is

t

han

his

neig

hbor

’s g

arde

n.

7.

Luis

thi

nks

this

boo

k is

.

8.

Of a

ll of

the

sto

ries

I hav

e re

ad, t

his

stor

y is

the

.

9.

Do

you

thin

k th

e en

ding

of t

he s

tory

is

?

10.

That

was

the

o

f the

thr

ee b

ooks

.

Co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

wit

h a

co

rrec

t fo

rm o

f ba

d.

11.

That

pea

ch t

aste

d .

12.

This

yea

r’s h

arve

st w

as

tha

n la

st y

ear’s

.

13.

Aun

t Li

n sa

id t

he b

erry

cris

p w

as t

he

she

has

eve

r ta

sted

.

14.

The

old

scar

ecro

w lo

oks

.

15.

Jalin

da s

aid

this

yea

r’s le

mon

s w

ere

the

she

has

eve

r se

en.

16.

John

sai

d th

at I

was

not

a

gar

dene

r th

an h

e w

as.

17.

I did

not

enj

oy c

ooki

ng b

ecau

se I

was

the

c

hef i

n m

y fa

mily

.

18.

The

pre

serv

es w

ere

, and

I di

d no

t ea

t th

em.

19.

The

wea

ther

was

t

oday

tha

n ye

ster

day.

20.

Yest

erda

y I f

elt

bec

ause

I at

e to

o m

any

crab

app

les.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

sar

e sh

own.

bette

r

good be

stbe

st

bette

r

bette

r

best

best

good

good

bad w

orse

wor

st

bad

wor

st

wor

sew

orst

bad

wor

seba

d

68G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_068

.indd

689/

12/0

64:

58:5

9PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

19

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) P

atty

’s P

ies

is t

he

grea

t b

aker

y. (2

) It

has

th

e m

ost

bes

t ch

erry

pie

.

(3) M

y fr

ien

d L

ee s

ays

that

its

app

le p

ie is

th

e d

elic

iou

s h

e h

as e

ver

had

.

(4) Th

e

staff

is

mo

re n

ice

than

th

e st

aff

at t

he

oth

er lo

cal b

aker

y. (5

) Yo

u m

ay

no

tice

th

at t

he

dec

ora

tio

ns

at P

atty

’s P

ies

are

th

an t

ho

se a

t th

e o

ther

bak

ery.

(6) H

ow

ever

, th

e p

ies

are

bet

ter

at P

atty

’s, a

nd

th

at is

wh

at c

ou

nts

!

1.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

way

to

writ

e

grea

t w

hen

com

par

ing

thre

e or

mor

e th

ings

(Se

nten

ce 1

)?

Agr

eate

st

Bm

ore

grea

t

Cm

ost

grea

t

Dco

rrec

t as

is

2.

Whi

ch w

ord

or w

ords

sho

uld

rep

lace

the

und

erlin

ed w

ords

in S

ente

nce

2?

Am

ore

good

Bbe

st

Cm

ore

bett

er

Dco

rrec

t as

is

3.

Whi

ch w

ord

or w

ords

sho

uld

rep

lace

the

und

erlin

ed w

ord

in

Sent

ence

3?

Ade

licio

uses

t

Bm

ore

delic

ious

Cm

ost

delic

ious

Dco

rrec

t as

is

4.

Whi

ch w

ord

or w

ords

sho

uld

rep

lace

the

und

erlin

ed w

ords

in S

ente

nce

4?

Am

ore

nice

r

Bm

ost

nice

Cni

cer

Dni

cest

5.

Whi

ch a

djec

tive

shou

ld fi

ll in

the

blan

k in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

Aol

d

Bol

der

Col

dest

Dm

ore

olde

r

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

uses

an

adje

ctiv

e

corr

ectly

to

com

par

e tw

o th

ings

?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

69G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_069

.indd

699/

12/0

64:

59:2

6PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e C

om

par

ing

wit

h A

dje

ctiv

es

Less

on

19

Wri

te t

he

corr

ect

com

par

ativ

e fo

rm o

f th

eun

der

lined

ad

ject

ive.

1.

Sean

’s b

aske

t of

ap

ple

s w

as h

eavy

tha

n O

llie’

s ba

sket

.

2.

The

tree

in t

he fr

ont

yard

was

larg

e th

an t

he t

ree

in t

he b

acky

ard.

3.

Don

sai

d it

was

the

am

azin

g tr

ee h

e ha

d ev

er s

een.

4.

The

field

trip

to

the

orch

ard

was

the

fun

I hav

e ha

d al

l wee

k.

5.

Of a

ll th

e fr

uits

, the

che

rry

is t

he g

ood

frui

t.

6.

Don

’t yo

u th

ink

that

was

the

inte

rest

ing

field

trip

of a

ll?

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Co

rrec

t th

e er

rors

in t

he

use

of

adje

ctiv

es.

7.

Fran

cho

se t

he c

olor

ful o

f the

thr

ee c

akes

.

8.

Was

tha

t m

enu

mos

t re

cent

tha

n th

e on

e w

e ha

ve a

t ho

me?

9.

Ana

ate

din

ner

mor

e la

ter

than

Tyr

one.

10.

That

mea

l was

the

mos

t be

tter

mea

l tha

t Ka

te h

ad e

ver

eate

n.

11.

The

pie

tas

ted

mor

e ba

d th

an t

he c

hees

ecak

e.

12.

Mr.

Youn

g sa

ys t

he p

astr

ies

are

tast

iest

tha

n th

e on

es h

e m

ade.

Fran

cho

se th

e m

ost c

olor

ful o

f the

thre

e ca

kes.he

avie

r

larg

er

mos

t am

azin

gm

ost f

un

best mos

t int

eres

ting

Was

that

men

u m

ore

rece

nt th

an th

e on

e w

e ha

ve a

t hom

e?

Ana

ate

dinn

er la

ter t

han

Tyro

ne.

That

mea

l was

the

best

mea

l tha

t Kat

e ha

d ev

er e

aten

.

The

pie

tast

ed w

orse

than

the

chee

seca

ke.

Mr.

Youn

g sa

ys th

e pa

strie

s ar

e ta

stie

r tha

n th

e on

es h

e m

ade.

70G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_070

.indd

70

9/12

/06

5:0

1:07

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

20

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

Th

is m

on

th o

ur

read

ing

clu

b h

ad it

s an

niv

ersa

ry p

arty

. (2) I

bak

ed t

he

cak

e fo

r th

e p

arty

mys

elf.

(3) M

y fr

ien

ds

Rao

ul a

nd

Bel

ind

a h

elp

ed m

e d

eco

rate

it. (4

) Rao

ul,

Bel

ind

a, a

nd

I m

ade

the

cak

e lo

ok

lik

e o

ur

clu

b’s

fi rs

t b

oo

k.

(5) R

aou

l did

th

e w

riti

ng

on

th

e ca

ke

by

. (6) Th

er

e w

ere

oth

er

des

sert

s at

th

e p

arty

, bu

t th

e b

est

on

e w

as o

urs

!

1.

Whi

ch is

NO

T a

pos

sess

ive

pro

noun

?

A

our

(Sen

tenc

e 1)

B

its (

Sent

ence

1)

C

mys

elf (

Sent

ence

2)

D

My

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

2.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in S

ente

nce

4?

A

They

B

We

C

Us

D

You

3.

Whi

ch o

f the

follo

win

g se

nten

ces

has

a p

osse

ssiv

e p

rono

un t

hat

is n

ot

used

bef

ore

a no

un?

A

Sent

ence

2

B

Sent

ence

4

C

Sent

ence

5

D

Sent

ence

6

4.

Whi

ch is

the

ant

eced

ent

for

the

pro

noun

it in

Sen

tenc

e 3?

A

club

B

par

ty

C

cake

D

frie

nds

5.

Whi

ch r

efle

xive

pro

noun

cou

ld fi

ll

the

blan

k in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

A

your

self

B

ours

elve

s

C

him

self

D

them

selv

es

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

the

mos

t

pro

noun

s?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

3

C

Sent

ence

4

D

Sent

ence

6

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

71G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_071

.indd

71

9/12

/06

5:0

2:44

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

20

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

Th

e b

est

pet

San

dy

ever

ow

ned

was

a s

mal

l fri

end

ly p

ig n

amed

Ger

tru

de.

(2) S

he

tho

ugh

t th

is p

ig w

as t

he

mo

st c

ute

an

imal

sh

e h

ad e

ver

seen

. (3) S

and

y

too

k g

oo

d c

are

of

an a

do

rab

le p

ig. (4

) Th

e m

ost

fu

n w

as t

akin

g G

ertr

ud

e fo

r w

alk

s

do

wn

th

e st

reet

. (5) P

eop

le g

ave

San

dy

mo

st c

hee

rfu

l gre

etin

gs t

han

wh

en s

he

wal

ked

by

her

self

. (6) “A

pig

is b

ette

r th

an a

do

g fo

r a

pet

!” s

aid

San

dy.

1.

Whi

ch a

djec

tive

from

the

pas

sage

tells

whi

ch o

ne?

A

best

B

this

C

good

D

fun

2.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

way

to

writ

e

cute

whe

n co

mp

arin

g m

ore

than

two

thin

gs in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

A

mor

e cu

te

B

mor

e cu

ter

C

cute

r

D

cute

st

3.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

wor

d to

rep

lace

the

artic

le in

Sen

tenc

e 3?

A

a

B

the

C

its

D

corr

ect

as is

4.

Whi

ch w

ord

or w

ords

sho

uld

rep

lace

the

und

erlin

ed w

ords

in S

ente

nce

5?

A

chee

rful

ler

B

chee

rful

lest

C

mor

e ch

eerf

ul

D

corr

ect

as is

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is m

issi

ng a

com

ma

betw

een

two

adje

ctiv

es?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

4

D

Sent

ence

5

6.

Whi

ch n

oun

does

the

adj

ectiv

e

bett

er d

escr

ibe

in S

ente

nce

6?

A

pig

B

dog

C

pet

D

Sand

y

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

72G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_072

.indd

72

9/12

/06

5:0

3:48

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eM

ain

an

d

Hel

pin

g V

erb

s

Less

on

21

Un

der

line

the

verb

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

1.

We

mov

ed h

ere

last

wee

k.

2.

I met

a n

ew fr

iend

tod

ay.

3.

The

libra

rian

told

me

a st

ory.

4.

Long

ago

, a p

rince

ss v

isite

d ou

r to

wn.

5.

She

brou

ght

her

dog

with

her

.

6.

Man

y ch

ildre

n re

ad t

he b

ook.

7.

Old

er p

eop

le r

emem

ber

the

even

t.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

a v

erb

to

co

mp

lete

eac

h o

ne.

8.

She

thr

ough

the

par

k.

9.

My

scho

ol d

ay

at

8:30

A.M

.

10.

The

larg

e do

g t

o th

e ch

ild.

11.

I t

he fa

mily

tha

t liv

es u

pst

airs

.

12.

The

fam

ily

thr

ee c

hild

ren.

13.

My

fath

er

the

larg

e bo

x.

14.

Do

you

ani

mal

s?

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

She

wal

ks th

roug

h th

e pa

rk.

My

scho

ol d

ay b

egin

s at

8:3

0 A.

M.

The

larg

e do

g be

long

s to

the

child

.

I kno

w th

e fa

mily

that

live

s up

stai

rs.

The

fam

ily h

as th

ree

child

ren.

My

fath

er c

arrie

s th

e la

rge

box.

Do y

ou li

ke a

nim

als?

73G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_073

.indd

739/

12/0

65:

06:1

9PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eM

ain

an

d

Hel

pin

g V

erb

s

Less

on

21

Un

der

line

the

mai

n v

erb

. Cir

cle

the

hel

pin

g v

erb

.

1.

Toby

’s p

et fi

sh w

as s

wim

min

g in

the

tan

k.

2.

They

hav

e no

t p

urch

ased

the

fish

bow

l yet

.

3.

Toby

’s m

othe

r w

as w

alki

ng t

o th

e p

et s

tore

.

4.

She

will

buy

the

larg

est

fish

bow

l.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

a h

elp

ing

ver

b a

nd

a f

orm

of

the

verb

in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

5.

My

dog

(beh

ave)

insi

de t

he h

ouse

.

6.

A b

ear

(sca

re)

me,

too

.

7.

The

new

spap

er (

pub

lish)

an

artic

le a

bout

the

inci

dent

.

8.

The

wom

an (

shak

e) h

er h

ead.

9.

You

(go)

out

side

to

pla

y.

10.

The

clas

s (e

nd)

early

tod

ay.

11.

The

scho

olch

ildre

n (w

rite)

sto

ries

abou

t th

eir

pet

s.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e gi

ven.

My

dog

will

beh

ave

insi

de th

e ho

use.

A be

ar w

ould

sca

re m

e, to

o.

The

new

spap

er d

id p

ublis

h an

arti

cle

abou

t the

inci

dent

.

The

wom

an w

as s

haki

ng h

er h

ead.

You

shou

ld g

o ou

tsid

e to

pla

y.

The

clas

s w

ill e

nd e

arly

toda

y.

The

scho

olch

ildre

n co

uld

writ

e st

orie

s ab

out t

heir

pets

.

74G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_074

.indd

749/

12/0

65:

06:5

8PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

21

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1)

My

frie

nd

’s d

og

esc

aped

fro

m t

he

yard

. (2) S

he

had

squ

eeze

d t

hro

ug

h t

he

fen

ce. (3

) Sh

e ra

n d

ow

n t

he

stre

et. (4

) So

on

she

was

pan

tin

g h

ard

. (5) Th

en

we

cau

ght

her

. (6) W

e w

ill d

efi n

itel

y

fi x

the

ho

le in

th

e fe

nce

!

1.

Whi

ch h

as a

hel

pin

g ve

rb?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch is

NO

T a

mai

n ve

rb in

the

pas

sage

?

Aes

cap

ed (

Sent

ence

1)

Bha

d (S

ente

nce

2)

Cca

ught

(Se

nten

ce 5

)

Dfi x

(Se

nten

ce 6

)

3.

Whi

ch a

re t

he m

ain

verb

s in

Sent

ence

s 2

and

6?

Asq

ueez

ed a

nd fi

x

Bha

d an

d fi x

Cha

d an

d w

ill

Dsq

ueez

ed a

nd d

efi n

itely

4.

Whi

ch v

erb

is N

OT

a he

lpin

g

verb

in t

he p

assa

ge?

Aha

d (S

ente

nce

2)

Bw

as (

Sent

ence

4)

Cca

ught

(Se

nten

ce 5

)

Dw

ill (

Sent

ence

6)

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T

have

a h

elp

ing

verb

?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

anot

her

wor

d be

twee

n th

e he

lpin

g ve

rb

and

the

mai

n ve

rb?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

75G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_075

.indd

759/

12/0

65:

07:2

2PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e M

ain

an

d

Hel

pin

g V

erb

s

Less

on

21

For

each

sen

ten

ce, w

rite

th

e m

ain

ver

b. T

hen

wri

te

the

hel

pin

g v

erb

.

1.

This

dog

food

is m

ade

for

larg

er d

ogs.

2.

One

bag

of f

ood

can

feed

tw

o ad

ult

Dal

mat

ians

.

3.

I hav

e de

velo

ped

a s

pec

ial f

orm

ula

for

the

food

.

4.

It c

ould

sat

isfy

the

hun

grie

st o

f dog

s!

5.

This

cus

tom

er w

ould

like

a s

amp

le.

6.

I am

buy

ing

two

bags

of t

his

dog

food

.

Ch

oo

se a

hel

pin

g v

erb

fro

m t

he

bo

x to

co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Yo

u m

ay u

se

a h

elp

ing

ver

b m

ore

th

an o

nce

or

no

t at

all.

7.

The

stor

e s

tayi

ng o

pen

unt

il 7:

00 P

.M.

8.

Whi

ch fl

avor

of i

ce c

ream

y

ou li

ke?

9.

Katie

n

ot m

ake

her

choi

ce y

et.

10.

she

eve

r ea

ten

a ba

nana

sp

lit?

11.

My

fam

ily

brin

g p

otat

o sa

lad

to t

he p

icni

c.

12.

We

see

hug

e st

orm

clo

uds

in t

he s

ky.

13.

If it

rain

s, t

he p

icni

c b

e ca

ncel

ed.

14.

we

mee

ting

at t

he p

ark?

15.

The

wea

ther

fore

cast

say

s th

at w

e h

ave

sunn

y w

eath

er.

are

wo

uld

cou

ldsh

ou

ldd

idh

asw

illis

mad

e, is

feed

, can

deve

lope

d, h

ave

satis

fy, c

ould

like,

wou

ldbu

ying

, am

is

wou

lddi

d

Has

will

coul

dw

ill

Are

shou

ld

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

76G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_076

.indd

76

9/12

/06

5:0

8:04

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eA

ctio

n a

nd

Li

nki

ng

Ver

bs

Less

on

22

Un

der

line

the

verb

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. W

rite

act

ion

or

linki

ng t

o t

ell w

hat

kin

d o

f ve

rb it

is.

1.

The

fam

ily t

rave

ls fa

r fr

om h

ome.

2.

We

stay

with

my

mot

her’s

sis

ter.

3.

They

are

ver

y w

elco

min

g.

4.

My

fath

er is

a h

ard

wor

ker.

5.

A u

nion

hel

ps

the

wor

kers

.

6.

Our

new

hom

e se

ems

nice

.

7.

My

brot

hers

and

I sp

eak

Span

ish.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Co

mp

lete

it w

ith

th

e ki

nd

of

verb

sh

ow

n in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

8.

Mar

co

mus

ic o

n hi

s gu

itar.

(act

ion)

9.

He

a t

alen

ted

mus

icia

n. (

linki

ng)

10.

The

child

ren

anx

ious

abo

ut t

rave

ling.

(lin

king

)

11.

My

frie

nds

and

I t

o th

e p

ark.

(ac

tion)

12.

The

who

le fa

mily

g

ood-

bye.

(ac

tion)

Wri

te f

ou

r se

nte

nce

s ab

ou

t yo

ur

fam

ily. U

se t

wo

act

ion

ver

bs

and

tw

o li

nki

ng

ver

bs.

actio

n

actio

n

linki

ng

linki

ng

actio

n

linki

ng actio

n

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Mar

co p

lays

mus

ic o

n hi

s gu

itar.

He is

a ta

lent

ed m

usic

ian.

The

child

ren

seem

anx

ious

abo

ut tr

avel

ing.

My

frien

ds a

nd I

go to

the

park

.

The

who

le fa

mily

wav

es g

ood-

bye.

Acce

pt r

easo

nabl

e re

spon

ses.

77G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_077

.indd

779/

12/0

65:

09:0

9PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eA

ctio

n a

nd

Li

nki

ng

Ver

bs

Less

on

22

Un

der

line

the

acti

on

ver

bs.

Cir

cle

the

linki

ng

ver

bs.

1.

Cla

udio

vis

its h

is g

rand

par

ents

in M

exic

o.

2.

He

feel

s ex

cite

d ab

out

the

trip

.

3.

Cla

udio

’s g

rand

par

ents

are

hap

py

abou

t th

e vi

sit,

too

.

4.

Fina

lly, t

he b

oy a

rriv

es.

5.

A y

oung

girl

nam

ed Ju

anita

say

s he

llo.

6.

She

is a

bout

Cla

udio

’s a

ge.

7.

Cla

udio

and

Juan

ita p

lay

toge

ther

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Co

mp

lete

eac

h o

ne

wit

h a

ver

b. T

hen

wri

te

wh

eth

er y

ou

used

an

act

ion

verb

or

a lin

king

ver

b.

8.

The

youn

g gi

rl in

a d

iary

.

9.

She

wor

ried.

10.

The

mot

her

the

girl

.

11.

Peop

le

to

a ne

w c

ount

ry e

very

day

!

12.

Soon

, all

of t

he r

elat

ives

t

oget

her

agai

n.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

The

youn

g gi

rl w

rites

in a

dia

ry.;

actio

n ve

rb

She

seem

s w

orrie

d.; l

inki

ng v

erb

The

mot

her c

omfo

rts th

e gi

rl.; a

ctio

n ve

rb

Peop

le m

ove

to a

new

cou

ntry

eve

ry d

ay!;

actio

n ve

rb

Soon

, all

of th

e re

lativ

es a

re to

geth

er a

gain

.; lin

king

ver

b

78G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_078

.indd

789/

12/0

65:

09:5

2PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

22

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1)

Man

y p

eop

le a

re o

n t

he

bu

s. (2

) Th

e d

rive

r ch

eck

s o

ur

tick

ets.

(3) I

fee

l ner

vou

s, b

ut

my

bro

ther

s ar

e ex

cite

d. (4

) We

fi n

ally

arr

ive

at t

he

bu

s st

atio

n. (5

) Ou

r fa

ther

is t

her

e! (6

) He

hu

gs a

nd

kis

ses

all o

f u

s.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a lin

king

ver

b?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

2.

Whi

ch is

NO

T an

act

ion

verb

?

Ach

ecks

(Se

nten

ce 2

)

Bfe

el (

Sent

ence

3)

Car

rive

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

Dhu

gs (

Sent

ence

6)

3.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

tw

o ve

rbs

in

Sent

ence

3?

AFe

el is

link

ing

and

are

is a

ctio

n.

BFe

el is

act

ion

and

are

is li

nkin

g.

CTh

ey a

re b

oth

actio

n ve

rbs.

DTh

ey a

re b

oth

linki

ng v

erbs

.

4.

Whi

ch is

NO

T a

linki

ng v

erb?

Aar

e (S

ente

nce

1)

Bfe

el (

Sent

ence

3)

Car

rive

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

Dis

(Se

nten

ce 5

)

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an a

ctio

n ve

rb?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

6.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

tw

o ve

rbs

in

Sent

ence

6?

AH

ugs

is li

nkin

g an

d ki

sses

isac

tion.

BH

ugs

is a

ctio

n an

d ki

sses

islin

king

.

CTh

ey a

re b

oth

actio

n ve

rbs.

DTh

ey a

re b

oth

linki

ng v

erbs

.

79G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_079

.indd

799/

12/0

65:

10:2

5PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e A

ctio

n a

nd

Li

nki

ng

Ver

bs

Less

on

22

Wri

te t

he

mai

n v

erb

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. T

hen

lab

el e

ach

o

ne

as a

ctio

n o

r lin

king

.

1.

The

car

ride

is lo

ng.

2.

Raou

l and

Hec

tor

are

tired

from

the

trip

.

3.

That

nig

ht, M

r. D

iaz

falls

asl

eep

imm

edia

tely

.

4.

My

mot

her

and

aunt

s co

ok b

reak

fast

.

5.

Our

hom

e se

ems

so fa

r aw

ay.

6.

I thi

nk a

bout

my

frie

nds

ther

e.

Ad

d a

ver

b t

o c

om

ple

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce. W

rite

act

ion

or

linki

ng t

o t

ell w

hat

kin

d o

f

verb

yo

u us

ed.

7.

The

city

n

oisy

.

8.

Lola

h

er b

icyc

le.

9.

A g

irl

acr

oss

the

yard

.

10.

She

frie

ndly

.

11.

Hug

o u

sed

to t

he c

ity s

ound

s.

12.

I a

qua

rter

.

13.

Lola

a

tre

e in

the

par

k.

14.

I a

n ic

e-cr

eam

con

e.

15.

The

ice

crea

m

del

icio

us.

is, l

inki

ng

are,

link

ing

falls

, act

ion

cook

, act

ion

seem

s, li

nkin

g

thin

k, a

ctio

n

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

is

rides

wal

ks

seem

s

beco

mes

find

clim

bs

buy

look

s

linki

ng

actio

n actio

n

linki

ng

linki

ng

actio

n

actio

n

actio

n

linki

ng

80G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_080

.indd

80

9/12

/06

5:1

1:05

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Pres

ent-

Ten

se

Ver

bs;

Su

bje

ct-V

erb

A

gre

emen

t

Less

on

23

Cir

cle

the

corr

ect

pre

sen

t-te

nse

fo

rm o

f th

e ve

rb in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

1.

A c

ricke

t (ju

mp

, jum

ps)

hig

h in

the

air.

2.

It (

has,

hav

e) s

tron

g le

gs.

3.

Do

you

(see

, see

s) m

any

cric

kets

in t

he c

ity?

4.

The

big

cat

(look

, loo

ks)

at t

he s

mal

l ins

ect.

5.

The

mic

e (h

ide,

hid

es)

behi

nd t

he c

upbo

ard.

6.

At

the

new

ssta

nd, w

orke

rs (

sell,

sel

ls)

new

spap

ers.

7.

The

subw

ay (

trav

el, t

rave

ls)

unde

rgro

und.

8.

Mar

io (

mak

e, m

akes

) a

cage

for

his

pet

cric

ket.

9.

My

mot

her

(thi

nk, t

hink

s) c

ricke

ts a

re n

oisy

.

10.

Som

e in

sect

s (c

hirp

, chi

rps)

loud

ly.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e co

rrec

t p

rese

nt-

ten

se f

orm

of

the

verb

in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

11.

Man

y bi

rds

(eat

) in

sect

s.

12.

A c

ricke

t (r

ub)

its w

ings

tog

ethe

r to

mak

e no

ise.

13.

An

inse

ct (

have

) th

ree

body

sec

tions

.

14.

Bees

, but

terf

lies,

and

was

ps

(fly

) ar

ound

our

gar

den.

Man

y bi

rds

eat i

nsec

ts.

A cr

icke

t rub

s its

win

gs to

geth

er to

mak

e no

ise.

An in

sect

has

thre

e bo

dy s

ectio

ns.

Bees

, but

terfl

ies,

and

was

ps fl

y ar

ound

our

gar

den.

81G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_081

.indd

819/

12/0

65:

12:0

2PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Pres

ent-

Ten

se

Ver

bs;

Su

bje

ct-V

erb

A

gre

emen

t

Less

on

23

Wri

te t

he

form

of

the

verb

be

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. T

hen

w

rite

wh

eth

er t

he

sub

ject

is s

ingu

lar

or

plur

al.

1.

They

are

at

the

thea

ter

alre

ady.

2.

I am

late

for

the

show

.

3.

Her

sho

es a

re r

ed.

4.

The

show

is fa

ntas

tic!

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

wit

h t

he

corr

ect

pre

sen

t-te

nse

fo

rm o

f th

e ve

rb b

e.

5.

This

nei

ghbo

rhoo

d n

ear

Tim

es S

qua

re.

6.

Man

y be

autif

ul t

heat

ers

her

e.

7.

I a

maz

ed a

t th

e ci

ty’s

eno

rmou

s si

ze.

8.

Ther

e s

o m

uch

to s

ee!

9.

We

vis

iting

the

mus

eum

tod

ay.

10.

I lo

okin

g fo

rwar

d to

it.

are;

plu

ral

are;

plu

ral

is; s

ingu

lar

am; s

ingu

lar

This

nei

ghbo

rhoo

d is

nea

r Tim

es S

quar

e.

Man

y be

autif

ul th

eate

rs a

re h

ere.

I am

am

azed

at t

he c

ity’s

eno

rmou

s si

ze.

Ther

e is

so

muc

h to

see

!

We

are

visi

ting

the

mus

eum

toda

y.

I am

look

ing

forw

ard

to it

. 82G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_082

.indd

829/

12/0

65:

14:0

0PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

23

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1)

In

sect

s ar

e an

imp

ort

ant

par

t o

f C

hin

ese

cult

ure

. (2) P

ain

tin

gs

and

po

ems

oft

en

inse

cts.

(3) P

eop

le k

eep

inse

cts

for

ente

rtai

nm

ent,

too.

(4) F

or

exam

ple

, a c

rick

et m

ay b

e k

ept

as a

pet

. (5) A

pet

inse

ct li

ves

in

a sm

all c

age.

(6) I

ts s

on

g b

rin

g jo

y to

its

ow

ner

.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

rese

nt-t

ense

form

of t

he v

erb

be?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch h

as a

plu

ral f

orm

of a

ver

b

that

sho

uld

be in

the

sin

gula

r fo

rm?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

3.

Whi

ch is

a v

erb

that

agr

ees

with

its p

lura

l sub

ject

?

Ake

ep (

Sent

ence

3)

Bm

akes

(Se

nten

ce 4

)

Cex

amp

le (

Sent

ence

4)

Dliv

es (

Sent

ence

5)

4.

Whi

ch v

erb

coul

d co

mp

lete

Sent

ence

2?

Alo

ok

Bha

s

Cin

clud

e

Dsh

ows

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a si

ngul

ar

subj

ect

and

a ve

rb t

hat

agre

es

with

it?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

Whi

ch c

hang

e, if

any

, sho

uld

the

stud

ent

mak

e to

Sen

tenc

e 6?

AC

hang

eIt

s to

It.

BC

hang

ebr

ing

to b

rings

.

CC

hang

ejo

y to

joys

.

DM

ake

no c

hang

e.

83G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_083

.indd

839/

19/0

66:

54:3

2AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Pres

ent-

Ten

se

Ver

bs;

Su

bje

ct-V

erb

A

gre

emen

t

Less

on

23

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, ad

din

g a

sub

ject

fro

m t

he

bo

x.

Use

eac

h p

ron

oun

on

ly o

nce

. Mak

e su

re t

hat

th

e su

bje

cts

and

ver

bs

agre

e.

1.

Can

r

ead

a bo

ok a

bout

zoo

ani

mal

s to

day?

2.

are

all

diffe

rent

kin

ds o

f ani

mal

s.

3.

is a

rea

lly g

reat

sto

ry.

4.

am

not

sur

e ho

w it

end

s.

5.

kee

ps

the

book

on

her

shel

f.

Wri

te t

he

form

of

the

verb

be

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. T

hen

wri

te w

het

her

th

e

sub

ject

is s

ingu

lar

or

plur

al.

6.

We

are

stud

ents

in M

r. St

anle

y’s

writ

ing

clas

s.

7.

I am

one

of t

he b

est

writ

ers.

8.

You

are

my

favo

rite

auth

or.

9.

This

less

on is

har

der

than

last

wee

k’s

less

on.

10.

Mr.

Stan

ley

tells

us,

“Yo

u ar

e al

l ver

y ta

lent

ed.”

IYo

uSh

eIt

They

Can

you

read

a b

ook

abou

t zoo

ani

mal

s to

day?

They

are

all

diffe

rent

kin

ds o

f ani

mal

s.

It is

a re

ally

gre

at s

tory

.

I am

not

sur

e ho

w it

end

s.

She

keep

s th

e bo

ok o

n he

r she

lf.

are;

plu

ral

am; s

ingu

lar

are;

sin

gula

r is; s

ingu

lar

are;

plu

ral

84G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_084

.indd

84

9/12

/06

5:1

5:38

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePa

st a

nd

Fu

ture

Ten

ses

Less

on

24

Un

der

line

the

com

ple

te v

erb

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. W

rite

past

ten

se o

r fu

ture

ten

se t

o id

enti

fy t

he

ten

se o

f ea

ch v

erb

.

1.

The

pho

togr

aphe

r w

orke

d al

l day

.

2.

She

used

her

bes

t ca

mer

a.

3.

At

suns

et, t

he li

ght

fade

d aw

ay.

4.

The

pho

togr

aphs

will

be

pre

tty.

5.

She

row

ed t

he b

oat

to s

hore

.

6.

The

assi

stan

t vi

ewed

the

imag

es o

n th

e co

mp

uter

.

7.

He

will

cho

ose

the

best

one

s.

8.

They

sho

uted

with

hap

pin

ess.

9.

The

edito

r at

the

new

spap

er w

ill li

ke y

our

pic

ture

s.

10.

He

will

pay

for

them

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

th

e co

rrec

t fo

rm o

f th

e ve

rb in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

11.

Man

go t

rees

in

the

orc

hard

. (gr

ow–p

ast

tens

e)

12.

The

leav

es

red

dish

. (lo

ok–p

ast

tens

e)

13.

Each

man

go fr

uit

a s

ingl

e se

ed. (

cont

ain–

pas

t te

nse)

14.

Man

go fl

ower

s in

the

sp

ring

or s

umm

er.

(ap

pea

r–fu

ture

ten

se)

15.

The

frui

t a

bout

one

pou

nd. (

wei

gh–f

utur

e te

nse)

past

tens

epa

st te

nse

past

tens

efu

ture

tens

epa

st te

nse

past

tens

efu

ture

tens

epa

st te

nse

futu

re te

nse

futu

re te

nse

Man

go tr

ees

grew

in th

e or

char

d.

The

leav

es lo

oked

redd

ish.

Each

man

go fr

uit c

onta

ined

a s

ingl

e se

ed.

Man

go fl

ower

s w

ill a

ppea

r in

the

sprin

g or

sum

mer

.

The

fruit

will

wei

gh a

bout

one

pou

nd.

85G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_085

.indd

859/

12/0

65:

16:3

7PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePa

st a

nd

Fu

ture

Ten

ses

Less

on

24

Co

mp

lete

th

e co

lum

ns.

Wri

te t

he

mis

sin

g f

orm

s o

f ea

ch v

erb

.

Rew

rite

th

e p

arag

rap

h. C

han

ge

the

und

erlin

ed p

rese

nt-

ten

se v

erb

s to

th

eir

pas

t-te

nse

fo

rm.

PRES

ENT

TEN

SEPA

ST T

ENSE

FUTU

RE

TEN

SE

1.ch

eck

2.d

rag

3.w

ill c

all

4.st

op

5.w

ill s

tud

y

6.ri

nse

d

7.w

ill w

atch

8.tr

ied

9.cl

ean

Sh

awn

(10)

visi

ts F

lori

da

and

(11)

lear

ns

abo

ut

swam

p li

fe. Th

e

swam

p

(12) a

pp

ears

wet

an

d w

oo

ded

. Sh

awn

(13)

cou

nts

man

y d

iff e

ren

t ty

pes

of

pla

nts

.

He

(14) li

kes

th

e cy

pre

ss t

rees

bes

t. S

haw

n a

nd

his

sis

ter

(15) lo

ok

fo

r an

imal

s,

such

as

turt

les,

ott

ers,

an

d h

ero

ns.

Shaw

n vi

site

d Fl

orid

a an

d le

arne

d ab

out s

wam

p lif

e.

The

swam

p ap

pear

ed w

et a

nd w

oode

d. S

haw

n co

unte

d m

any

diffe

rent

type

s of

pla

nts.

He

liked

the

cypr

ess

trees

bes

t.

Shaw

n an

d hi

s si

ster

look

ed fo

r ani

mal

s, s

uch

as tu

rtles

,

otte

rs, a

nd h

eron

s.

call

stud

yrin

sew

atch

try

chec

ked

drag

ged

calle

dst

oppe

dst

udie

d

wat

ched

clea

ned

will

che

ckw

ill d

rag

will

sto

p

will

rins

e

will

try

will

cle

an

86G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_086

.indd

869/

12/0

65:

20:5

0PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

24

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1)

We

spo

tted

tw

o b

row

n p

elic

ans

by

the

mar

ina.

(2) Th

ey

live

on

th

e sa

nd

y

bea

ch. (3

) Th

e p

elic

ans

fi sh

. (4) Th

ey

wil

l use

th

eir

bil

ls a

nd

po

uch

es t

o

sco

op

up

fi sh

. (5) Th

ey

bu

ild

a n

est

on

th

e gr

ou

nd

. (6) B

oth

th

e m

ale

bir

d a

nd

the

fem

ale

bir

d in

cub

ate

the

egg

s.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

uses

the

pas

t-te

nse

form

of a

ver

b?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch is

a p

rese

nt-t

ense

ver

b th

at

coul

d co

mp

lete

Sen

tenc

e 3?

Aw

ere

Bea

t

Cca

ught

Den

joye

d

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

uses

a fu

ture

-ten

se

form

of a

ver

b?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

4.

Whi

ch c

hang

e, if

any

, sho

uld

be

mad

e in

Sen

tenc

e 5

to u

se a

futu

re-t

ense

ver

b?

AC

hang

ebu

ild t

o bu

ilds.

BC

hang

ebu

ild t

o w

ill b

uild

.

CC

hang

ebu

ild t

o bu

ilt.

DM

ake

no c

hang

e.

5.

Whi

ch c

hang

e, if

any

, sho

uld

be

mad

e in

Sen

tenc

e 6

to u

se a

futu

re-t

ense

ver

b?

AC

hang

ein

cuba

te t

o w

ill in

cuba

te.

BC

hang

ein

cuba

te t

o in

cuba

tes.

CC

hang

ein

cuba

te t

o in

cuba

ted.

DM

ake

no c

hang

e.

6.

Whi

ch s

how

s th

e co

rrec

t p

rese

nt,

pas

t, a

nd fu

ture

ten

ses

of a

ver

b?

Asp

ot, s

pot

s, w

ill s

pot

Blif

e, li

ved,

will

live

Cus

es, u

sed,

will

use

d

Dsc

oop

, sco

oped

, will

sco

op

87G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_087

.indd

879/

12/0

65:

37:2

6PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Pa

st a

nd

Fu

ture

Ten

ses

Less

on

24

Wri

te t

he

pas

t-te

nse

an

d f

utur

e-te

nse

fo

rms

of

each

pre

sen

t-te

nse

ver

b.

1.

rem

ark

2.

surr

ound

3.

smile

4.

bloo

m

5.

trad

e

6.

grin

7.

hurr

y

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Wri

te t

he

futu

re-t

ense

ver

bs

in t

he

pas

t te

nse

. Wri

te t

he

pas

t-te

nse

ver

bs

in t

he

futu

re t

ense

.

8.

The

stor

m c

ause

d a

lot

of d

amag

e.

9.

We

will

che

ck t

he y

ard

afte

r th

e st

orm

.

10.

The

heav

y ra

in r

uine

d m

y ve

geta

ble

gard

en.

11.

Our

nei

ghbo

rs’ g

arag

e co

llap

sed!

12.

They

will

rep

ort

this

to

thei

r in

sura

nce

com

pan

y.

rem

arke

d, w

ill re

mar

ksu

rrou

nded

, will

sur

roun

dsm

iled,

will

sm

ilebl

oom

ed, w

ill b

loom

trade

d, w

ill tr

ade

grin

ned,

will

grin

hurr

ied,

will

hur

ry

The

stor

m w

ill c

ause

a lo

t of d

amag

e.

We

chec

ked

the

yard

afte

r the

sto

rm.

The

heav

y ra

in w

ill ru

in m

y ve

geta

ble

gard

en.

Our n

eigh

bors

’ gar

age

will

col

laps

e!

They

repo

rted

this

to th

eir i

nsur

ance

com

pany

.

88G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_088

.indd

88

9/12

/06

5:2

3:02

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

25

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

Th

e vo

lum

e o

f th

e ra

dio

was

lou

d. (2

) Th

e an

no

un

cer

was

yel

lin

g ab

ou

t a

con

test

. (3) M

y fr

ien

d P

edro

had

en

tere

d t

he

con

test

. (4) W

e sh

ou

ld li

sten

fo

r th

e

win

ner

. (5) W

ow

, Ped

ro h

as w

on

a t

rip

to

Ch

ina!

(6) H

e is

so

exc

ited

!

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a lin

king

ver

b as

its m

ain

verb

?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

4

D

Sent

ence

5

2.

Whi

ch is

NO

T a

mai

n ve

rb in

the

pas

sage

?

A

yelli

ng (

Sent

ence

2)

B

ente

red

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

C

shou

ld (

Sent

ence

4)

D

won

(Se

nten

ce 5

)

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T ha

ve a

help

ing

verb

?

A

Sent

ence

2

B

Sent

ence

3

C

Sent

ence

5

D

Sent

ence

6

4.

Whi

ch is

NO

T a

help

ing

verb

in t

he

pas

sage

?

A

was

(Se

nten

ce 2

)

B

had

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

C

shou

ld (

Sent

ence

4)

D

is (

Sent

ence

6)

5.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

ver

b en

tere

d in

Sent

ence

3?

A

help

ing

and

linki

ng

B

mai

n an

d lin

king

C

mai

n an

d ac

tion

D

help

ing

and

actio

n

6.

Whi

ch a

re t

he m

ain

verb

s in

Sent

ence

s 4

and

5?

A

liste

n an

d w

on

B

liste

n an

d ha

s

C

shou

ld a

nd w

on

D

shou

ld a

nd h

as

89G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_089

.indd

89

9/19

/06

6:5

4:49

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

25

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1

) Ja

mal

is g

oin

g t

o S

an F

ran

cisc

o. (

2)

He

wil

l rid

e a

trai

n f

rom

Ari

zon

a to

Cal

ifo

rnia

. (3

) Ja

mal

pac

ked

his

bag

s. (

4)

Jam

al a

nd

his

sis

ter

wal

k t

o t

he

trai

n

stat

ion

. (5

) Th

e co

nd

uct

or

sho

ut,

“All

ab

oar

d!”

(6

) Ja

mal

hu

gs

his

sis

ter

and

jum

ps

on

to t

he

trai

n.

1.

Whi

ch v

erb

agre

es in

num

ber

with

its p

lura

l sub

ject

?

A

is g

oing

(Se

nten

ce 1

)

B

will

rid

e (S

ente

nce

2)

C

wal

k (S

ente

nce

4)

D

hugs

(Se

nten

ce 5

)

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a fu

ture

-ten

se

verb

?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

3

D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a ve

rb t

hat

does

not

agre

e w

ith it

s si

ngul

ar s

ubje

ct?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

3

C

Sent

ence

4

D

Sent

ence

5

4.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

ver

b hu

gs in

Sent

ence

6?

A

pas

t-te

nse

B

futu

re-t

ense

C

pre

sent

-ten

se

D

plu

ral

5.

Whi

ch is

the

pas

t-te

nse

form

of t

he

unde

rline

d ve

rb in

Sen

tenc

e 6?

A

jum

ped

B

jum

p

C

will

jum

p

D

jum

pin

g

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

ast-

tens

e

verb

?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

3

D

Sent

ence

6

90G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_090

.indd

90

9/12

/06

5:2

4:22

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eIr

reg

ula

r V

erb

s

Less

on

26

Wri

te t

he

pas

t-te

nse

fo

rm f

or

each

pre

sen

t-te

nse

ver

b.

1.

go

2.

begi

n

3.

wea

r

4.

thro

w

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e co

rrec

t p

ast-

ten

se f

orm

of

the

verb

in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

5.

Anc

ient

peo

ple

t

he h

uge

bone

s be

long

ed t

o gi

ants

. (th

ink)

6.

They

w

rong

. (be

)

7.

The

scie

ntis

t t

he s

kull

in t

he m

useu

m’s

bas

emen

t. (

find)

8.

He

the

ans

wer

to

the

stud

ent’s

que

stio

n. (

know

)

9.

Han

k’s

mod

el o

f a d

inos

aur

skel

eton

. (

brea

k)

10.

We

him

a n

ew m

odel

. (gi

ve)

wen

t

bega

n

wor

e

thre

w

Anci

ent p

eopl

e th

ough

t the

hug

e bo

nes

belo

nged

to g

iant

s.

They

wer

e w

rong

.

The

scie

ntis

t fou

nd th

e sk

ull i

n th

e m

useu

m’s

bas

emen

t.

He k

new

the

answ

er to

the

stud

ent’s

que

stio

n.

Hank

’s m

odel

of a

din

osau

r ske

leto

n br

oke.

We

gave

him

a n

ew m

odel

.

91G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_091

.indd

919/

12/0

65:

25:4

3PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eIr

reg

ula

r V

erb

s

Less

on

26

Co

mp

lete

th

e ch

art

wit

h t

he

corr

ect

form

s o

f ea

ch v

erb

.

VER

BPR

ESEN

TPA

STPA

ST W

ITH

H

ELPI

NG

VER

BS

(hav

e, h

as, h

ad)

1.

wea

rw

ear,

wea

rs

2.

go

go, g

oes

3.

kno

wkn

ow, k

now

s

4.

bre

akbr

eak,

bre

aks

5.

beg

inbe

gin,

beg

ins

6.

thr

owth

row

, thr

ows

7.

be

am, i

s, a

re

8.

cho

ose

choo

se, c

hoos

es

9.

dra

wdr

aw, d

raw

s

10.

eat

eat,

eat

s

Wri

te t

his

pre

sen

t-te

nse

par

agra

ph

in t

he

pas

t te

nse

.

Sa

ma

(11)

is a

goo

d re

ader

. Ove

r th

e su

mm

er, s

he (

12)

goes

to

the

libra

ry e

very

day.

Sam

a (1

3) c

hoos

es a

new

boo

k ea

ch t

ime.

The

n sh

e (1

4) b

egin

s to

rea

d. B

y

the

end

of t

he s

umm

er, s

he (

15)

know

s a

lot

abou

t m

any

diffe

rent

thi

ngs.

wor

e

wen

t

knew

brok

e

bega

n

thre

w

was

, wer

e

wor

n

gone

know

n

brok

en

begu

n

thro

wn

been

chos

en

draw

n

eate

n

chos

e

drew ate

Sa

ma

was

a g

ood

read

er. O

ver t

he s

umm

er, s

he w

ent

to th

e lib

rary

eve

ry d

ay. S

ama

chos

e a

new

boo

k ea

ch

time.

The

n sh

e be

gan

to re

ad. B

y th

e en

d of

the

sum

mer

,

she

knew

a lo

t abo

ut m

any

diffe

rent

thin

gs.

92G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_092

.indd

929/

12/0

65:

26:1

2PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

26

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

We

wen

t to

th

e N

atu

ral H

isto

ry M

use

um

yes

terd

ay. (2

) Th

e to

ur

of

the

din

osa

ur

exh

ibit

was

tw

o h

ou

rs lo

ng.

(3) Th

e

mu

seu

m g

uid

e su

gges

ted

th

at w

e

wea

r co

mfo

rtab

le s

ho

es. (4

) In

stea

d, A

rnie

wo

re h

is b

ran

d-n

ew b

oo

ts. (5

) He

had

tho

ugh

t it

was

a g

oo

d id

ea. (6

) Aft

er ju

st 1

5 m

inu

tes,

Arn

ie k

new

he

had

mad

e

a m

ista

ke!

1.

Whi

ch v

erb

from

the

pas

sage

is t

he

pas

t-te

nse

form

of t

he v

erb

go?

Aw

ent

(Sen

tenc

e 1)

Bw

as (

Sent

ence

2)

Cw

ear

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

Dw

ore

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

one

verb

in

the

pre

sent

ten

se a

nd o

ne in

the

pas

t te

nse?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

3.

Whi

ch t

wo

sent

ence

s ha

ve a

help

ing

verb

?

ASe

nten

ces

2 an

d 3

BSe

nten

ces

3 an

d 4

CSe

nten

ces

4 an

d 5

DSe

nten

ces

5 an

d 6

4.

Whi

ch t

wo

sent

ence

s do

NO

T

incl

ude

a p

ast-

tens

e fo

rm o

f

the

verb

be?

ASe

nten

ces

1 an

d 2

BSe

nten

ces

3 an

d 4

CSe

nten

ces

4 an

d 5

DSe

nten

ces

5 an

d 6

5.

Whi

ch v

erb

is t

he p

ast-

tens

e fo

rm o

f

the

verb

be?

Aw

ent

(Sen

tenc

e 1)

Bw

as (

Sent

ence

2)

Cw

ear

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

Dw

ore

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

6.

The

und

erlin

ed v

erb

in S

ente

nce

4

is t

he p

ast-

tens

e fo

rm o

f whi

ch

verb

?

Ath

rill

Bth

row

Cth

ink

Dth

eft

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

93G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_093

.indd

939/

19/0

66:

54:5

9AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Ir

reg

ula

r V

erb

s

Less

on

26

Rew

rite

th

e un

der

lined

ver

bs

in t

he

pas

t te

nse

.

1.

Writ

ing

stor

ies

abou

t di

nosa

urs

is Ja

ne’s

favo

rite

pas

time.

2.

She

begi

ns w

ith a

des

crip

tion

of t

he d

inos

aur.

3.

Jane

thi

nks

of it

s ha

bita

t.

4.

Then

she

writ

es a

bout

eve

nts

from

her

imag

inat

ion.

5.

Whe

n sh

e m

akes

a m

ista

ke, s

he t

hrow

s th

e p

age

away

.

6.

The

stor

ies

are

alw

ays

grea

t!

7.

Jane

kno

ws

so m

uch

abou

t th

ese

anim

als.

Wri

te a

sen

ten

ce t

o a

nsw

er e

ach

que

stio

n. U

se t

he

pas

t-te

nse

fo

rm o

f th

e ve

rb

you

see

in t

he

que

stio

n.

8.

Whe

n di

d yo

u go

to

bed

last

nig

ht?

9.

Wha

t ki

nd o

f sho

es d

id y

ou w

ear

yest

erda

y?

10.

Whe

n di

d yo

u be

gin

your

hom

ewor

k?

11.

Wha

t di

d yo

u se

e on

you

r w

ay t

o sc

hool

tod

ay?

12.

Wha

t di

d yo

u th

ink

of t

he b

ook?

was

bega

n

thou

ght

wro

tem

ade,

thre

ww

ere

knew

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

I wen

t to

bed

at 9

:00

P.M

.

I wor

e sn

eake

rs y

este

rday

.

I beg

an m

y ho

mew

ork

at 4

:30

P.M

.

I saw

my

neig

hbor

wal

king

his

dog

.

I tho

ught

the

book

was

funn

y.

94G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_094

.indd

94

9/12

/06

5:2

7:53

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eEa

sily

Co

nfu

sed

W

ord

s

Less

on

27

Wri

te t

he

con

trac

tio

n f

or

each

wo

rd p

air.

1.

she

is

2.

is n

ot

3.

they

hav

e

4.

does

not

5.

will

not

6.

shou

ld n

ot

7.

you

are

8.

I am

9.

we

had

10.

it is

Lab

el e

ach

un

der

lined

wo

rd a

s a

cont

ract

ion

or

a po

sses

sive

pro

noun

.

11.

We’

re t

ired

from

wal

king

so

far.

12.

The

door

wou

ldn’

t cl

ose.

13.

Its

hing

e is

bro

ken.

14.

Aft

er lu

nch,

the

y w

eren

’t t

ired

anym

ore.

15.

The

hike

rs p

ut o

n th

eir

back

pac

ks.

16.

It’s

a lo

ng w

ay t

o th

e bo

ttom

of t

he c

anyo

n!

17.

Your

face

look

s su

nbur

ned.

18.

I’ve

put

on

suns

cree

n an

d a

hat.

19.

I thi

nk t

hey’

re r

estin

g.

20.

Imag

ine

you’

re a

lread

y at

the

top

of t

he h

ill.

she’

sis

n’t

they

’ve

does

n’t

won

’t

shou

ldn’

t

you’

re

I’m we’

d

it’s

cont

ract

ion

cont

ract

ion

poss

essi

ve p

rono

un

cont

ract

ion

poss

essi

ve p

rono

un

cont

ract

ion

poss

essi

ve p

rono

unco

ntra

ctio

n

cont

ract

ion

cont

ract

ion

95G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_095

.indd

959/

12/0

65:

28:2

2PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eEa

sily

Co

nfu

sed

W

ord

s

Less

on

27

Cir

cle

the

wo

rd in

par

enth

eses

( )

th

at c

orr

ectl

y

com

ple

tes

the

sen

ten

ce.

1.

(It’s

, Its

) tim

e to

sto

p fo

r w

ater

.

2.

(The

y’re

, The

ir) s

hoes

are

dry

and

dus

ty.

3.

I cou

nt (

four

, for

) co

yote

s.

4.

The

pac

k m

ules

(no

, kno

w)

whi

ch t

rail

to fo

llow

.

5.

(You

r, Yo

u’re

) ta

king

som

e gr

eat

pic

ture

s.

6.

They

pla

n to

hik

e to

mor

row

, (to

, too

).

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e co

rrec

t w

ord

fro

m t

he

bo

x to

co

mp

lete

it.

7.

This

sle

epin

g ba

g is

.

8.

I D

ora

yell

with

exc

item

ent.

9.

We

see

a o

f buf

falo

!

10.

me

a p

ostc

ard

whe

n yo

u ha

ve t

ime.

11.

They

t

he w

ay t

o th

e ca

mp

site

.

12.

Are

you

sur

e D

ora

is

?

n

ewkn

ewh

eard

her

dri

gh

tw

rite

This

sle

epin

g ba

g is

new

.

I hea

rd D

ora

yell

with

exc

item

ent.

We

see

a he

rd o

f buf

falo

!

Writ

e m

e a

post

card

whe

n yo

u ha

ve ti

me.

They

kne

w th

e w

ay to

the

cam

psite

.

Are

you

sure

Dor

a is

righ

t? 96G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_096

.indd

969/

12/0

65:

33:0

8PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

27

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

In

tw

o d

ays

I’m

vis

itin

g Y

ose

mit

e N

atio

nal

Par

k w

ith

my

cou

sin

s.

(2) Th

ey

hav

e b

een

to

th

e p

ark

bef

ore

, bu

t I

hav

en’t.

(3) M

y co

usi

ns

say

they

’re

favo

rite

par

t o

f th

e tr

ip is

see

ing

all

of

the

star

s at

nig

ht.

(4) I

can

’t

wai

t to

o s

ee t

he

star

s. (5

) I k

no

w it

s go

ing

to b

e fa

nta

stic

!

1.

Whi

ch w

ord

pai

r do

es t

he

cont

ract

ion

I’m in

Sen

tenc

e 1

stan

d fo

r?

AI m

ay

BI a

m

CI m

ight

DI h

ave

2.

Whi

ch is

the

con

trac

tion

for

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in S

ente

nce

2?

ATh

ey’v

e

BTh

e’ve

CTh

ey’d

DTh

ey’r

e

3.

Whi

ch w

ord

pai

r do

es t

he

cont

ract

ion

have

n’t

in S

ente

nce

2

stan

d fo

r?

Aha

ve n

othi

ng

Bha

ve n

o

Cha

ve n

ot

Dha

ve n

ever

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

inco

rrec

tly u

ses

a

cont

ract

ion

whe

re t

here

sho

uld

be

a p

osse

ssiv

e p

rono

un?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

inco

rrec

tly u

ses

a p

osse

ssiv

e p

rono

un w

here

the

re

shou

ld b

e a

cont

ract

ion?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

6.

In

whi

ch s

ente

nce

is o

ne o

f the

wor

dstw

o,to

o, o

r to

use

d

inco

rrec

tly?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

97G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_097

.indd

979/

12/0

65:

33:4

5PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Ea

sily

Co

nfu

sed

W

ord

s

Less

on

27

Wri

te t

he

con

trac

tio

n f

or

each

wo

rd p

air.

1.

can

not

2.

they

had

3.

do n

ot

4.

you

have

5.

we

have

6.

are

not

7.

wer

e no

t

Wri

te w

het

her

th

e un

der

lined

wo

rd is

cor

rect

or

inco

rrec

t. If

th

e w

ord

is

inco

rrec

t, w

rite

th

e co

rrec

t o

ne.

8.

Thei

r ar

e m

any

won

derf

ul p

arks

in t

he U

nite

d St

ates

.

9.

I hav

en’t

bee

n to

o th

em a

ll.

10.

If yo

u’ve

see

n th

e G

rand

Can

yon,

you

’re

luck

y.

11.

My

sist

er h

as h

eard

tha

t it

is m

ore

than

275

mile

s lo

ng.

12.

I’ve

read

it is

abo

ut w

on m

ile d

eep

!

13.

Its

a fiv

e-ho

ur t

rip t

o th

e de

epes

t p

art

of t

he c

anyo

n.

14.

Olli

e’s

par

ents

sho

wed

us

thei

r p

hoto

grap

hs o

f the

Gra

nd C

anyo

n.

15.

I no

I wan

t to

go

ther

e so

me

day.

can’

tth

ey’d

don’

t

you’

ve

we’

ve

aren

’tw

eren

’t

inco

rrec

t; Th

ere

inco

rrec

t; to

corr

ect

inco

rrec

t; on

e inco

rrec

t; It’

s

corr

ect

corr

ect

inco

rrec

t; kn

ow

98G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_098

.indd

98

9/12

/06

5:3

4:45

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eA

dve

rbs

Less

on

28

Ch

oo

se o

ne

adve

rb o

f ea

ch t

ype,

fo

r ex

amp

le u

pst

airs

, fre

qu

entl

y, a

nd

so

ftly

. Th

en

use

eac

h a

dve

rb in

a s

ente

nce

th

at c

om

par

es m

ore

th

an t

wo

act

ion

s.

Cir

cle

the

adve

rb. T

hen

wri

te w

het

her

th

e ad

verb

tel

ls

whe

re, w

hen,

or

how

.

1.

Paul

Bun

yan

wor

ked

hard

to

clea

r th

e la

nd.

2.

Paul

Bun

yan

wal

ked

ever

ywhe

re.

3.

Paul

fell

in lo

ve w

ith C

arrie

imm

edia

tely

.

4.

Late

r, th

ey g

ot m

arrie

d.

5.

My

mot

her

sing

s ha

pp

ily.

6.

Som

etim

es I

join

in t

he s

ong.

7.

Nia

gara

Fal

ls is

ove

r th

ere.

8.

Toda

y w

e ar

e w

alki

ng in

Bry

ce C

anyo

n.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e co

rrec

t fo

rm o

f th

e ad

verb

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

9.

The

Bun

yan

child

ren

grow

t

han

the

neig

hbor

’s ch

ildre

n. (

quic

k)

10.

The

girl

wre

stle

d a

pum

a. (

brav

e)

11.

The

fam

ily t

rave

ls

. (w

ide)

12.

They

enj

oy t

heir

trip

s . (

grea

t)

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

how

whe

rew

hen

whe

n

how w

hen

whe

re

whe

n

The

Buny

an c

hild

ren

grow

mor

e qu

ickl

y th

an th

e ne

ighb

or’s

ch

ildre

n.

The

girl

brav

ely

wre

stle

d a

pum

a.

The

fam

ily tr

avel

s w

idel

y.

They

enj

oy th

eir t

rips

grea

tly.

99G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_099

.indd

999/

12/0

65:

36:3

4PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

eA

dve

rbs

Less

on

28

Un

der

line

each

ver

b, a

nd

cir

cle

the

adve

rb t

hat

des

crib

es

it. T

hen

wri

te t

he

neg

ativ

e fr

om

eac

h s

ente

nce

.

1.

Nob

ody

chop

s do

wn

tree

s be

tter

tha

n Pa

ul B

unya

n.

2.

It w

as n

ot d

iffic

ult

for

him

to

cut

tree

s m

ore

qui

ckly

tha

n ot

her

logg

ers.

3.

No

ox w

orke

d ha

rder

tha

n Ba

be.

4.

No

pla

ce lo

oks

mor

e be

autif

ul t

han

Big

Sur.

5.

I’ve

neve

r m

et a

nyon

e w

ho c

ould

sin

g m

ore

loud

ly t

han

Sue.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

co

rrec

tly,

wit

h o

nly

on

e n

egat

ive.

6.

He

had

neve

r se

en n

o bi

g m

ount

ains

bef

ore.

7.

Ther

e is

not

not

hing

wro

ng w

ith b

eing

a lu

mbe

rjack

.

8.

The

othe

r lo

gger

s w

ere

not

neve

r as

fast

as

Paul

.

9.

Paul

had

n’t

seen

not

hing

like

Bab

e be

fore

.

10.

He

coul

dn’t

imag

ine

no fi

ner

ox.

Nobo

dy

not

No

No

neve

r

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

He h

ad n

ever

see

n an

y bi

g m

ount

ains

bef

ore.

Ther

e is

not

hing

wro

ng w

ith b

eing

a lu

mbe

rjack

.

The

othe

r log

gers

wer

e ne

ver a

s fa

st a

s Pa

ul.

Paul

had

n’t s

een

anyt

hing

like

Bab

e be

fore

.

He c

ould

n’t i

mag

ine

a fin

er o

x.

100

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_100

.indd

100

9/12

/06

5:38

:17

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

28

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

Of

all t

he

fam

ou

s ch

arac

ters

in f

olk

tale

s, B

abe

the

Blu

e O

x w

ork

ed

har

des

t. (2

) No

an

imal

was

nev

er a

s st

ron

g a

s B

abe.

(3) B

abe

lab

ore

d

mo

re t

han

Pau

l Bu

nya

n d

id! (4

) I h

app

ily

read

an

y st

ori

es a

bo

ut

Pau

l

and

Bab

e. (5

) I t

ho

ug

ht

they

wer

e th

e b

est

sto

ries

of

all.

(6) I

wil

l wri

te

abo

ut

the

sto

ry t

om

orr

ow

.

1.

Whi

ch o

f the

follo

win

g is

NO

T

an a

dver

b in

the

pas

sage

?

Aha

rdes

t (S

ente

nce

1)

Bst

rong

(Se

nten

ce 2

)

Cm

ore

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

Dha

pp

ily (

Sent

ence

4)

2.

Whi

ch a

re b

eing

com

par

ed in

Sent

ence

1?

ABa

be a

nd fo

lkta

les

BBa

be a

nd fa

mou

s ch

arac

ters

Cfa

mou

s ch

arac

ters

and

folk

tale

s

DBa

be a

nd t

he B

lue

Ox

3.

Whi

ch is

NO

T de

scrib

ed b

y

an a

dver

b?

Aw

orke

d (S

ente

nce

1)

Bla

bore

d (S

ente

nce

3)

Cre

ad (

Sent

ence

4)

Dth

ough

t (S

ente

nce

5)

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a do

uble

nega

tive?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

com

par

es ju

st

two

actio

ns?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

6.

Whi

ch is

an

adve

rb t

hat

tells

whe

n?

Aha

rdes

t (S

ente

nce

1)

Bha

pp

ily (

Sent

ence

4)

Cbe

st (

Sent

ence

5)

Dto

mor

row

(Se

nten

ce 6

)

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

101

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_101

.indd

101

9/12

/06

5:42

:34

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e A

dve

rbs

Less

on

28

Fill

in t

he

char

t w

ith

th

e co

rrec

t fo

rms

of

each

ad

verb

.

AD

VER

BC

OM

PAR

ING

TW

O A

CTI

ON

SC

OM

PAR

ING

MO

RE

THA

N

TWO

AC

TIO

NS

1.

qui

etly

2.

high

3.

freq

uent

ly

4.

wel

l

5.

care

fully

6.

early

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

s. U

se a

dve

rbs

fro

m t

he

char

t ab

ove

.

Co

rrec

t al

l do

uble

neg

ativ

es.

7.

I rea

d bo

oks

tha

n Ka

te d

oes.

8.

Paul

Bun

yan

jum

ps

the

of a

ll.

9.

She

pla

ys

tha

n he

r yo

unge

r si

ster

doe

s.

10.

Paul

doe

sn’t

thi

nk n

o an

imal

wor

ks

tha

n Ba

be.

mos

t qui

etly

high

est

mos

t fre

quen

tly

best

mos

t car

eful

ly

earli

est

mor

e qu

ietly

high

er

mor

e fre

quen

tly

bette

r

mor

e ca

refu

lly

earli

er Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

I rea

d bo

oks

mor

e fre

quen

tly th

an K

ate

does

.

Paul

Bun

yan

jum

ps th

e hi

ghes

t of a

ll.

She

play

s m

ore

quie

tly th

an h

er y

oung

er s

iste

r doe

s.

Paul

doe

sn’t

thin

k an

y an

imal

wor

ks b

ette

r tha

n Ba

be.

102

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_102

.indd

10

29/

12/0

6 5

:45:

23 P

M

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePu

nct

uat

ion

Less

on

29

Co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

by

add

ing

a c

om

ma,

co

lon

, or

hyp

hen

. Wri

te c

omm

a, c

olon

, or

hyph

en t

o id

enti

fy t

he

pun

ctua

tio

n m

ark

you

add

ed.

1.

I onc

e vi

site

d A

ncho

rage

A

lask

a.

2.

This

is w

hat

I too

k a

cam

era,

my

suitc

ase,

and

a t

rave

l boo

k.

3.

My

uncl

e, w

ho is

tw

enty

t

wo,

als

o ca

me.

4.

One

day

, we

took

the

tra

in t

o Fa

irban

ks

Ala

ska.

5.

I ate

cho

cola

te

cov

ered

pea

nuts

on

the

trai

n.

6.

I s

aw th

ese

anim

als

from

the

trai

n a

moo

se, a

bea

r, an

d a

fox.

7.

The

trai

n ar

rived

in t

he F

airb

anks

sta

tion

at 7

3

0 P.

M.

8.

My

trip

end

ed o

n A

ugus

t 20

2

006.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Co

rrec

tly

wri

te e

ach

tit

le.

9.

John

Mui

r w

rote

a b

ook

calle

d Th

e St

ory

of M

y Bo

yhoo

d an

d Yo

uth.

10.

Ala

ska’

s Fl

ag is

the

titl

e of

the

sta

te s

ong.

11.

My

mom

thi

nks

the

new

spap

er U

SA T

oday

is t

he b

est

new

spap

er.

12.

Hav

e yo

u se

en t

he m

ovie

101

Dal

mat

ians

?

13.

A y

oung

orp

han

take

s in

a s

tray

dog

in t

he p

lay

Ann

ie.

14.

Cha

rlott

e’s

Web

is m

y fa

vorit

e bo

ok.

John

Mui

r wro

te a

boo

k cal

led

The

Stor

y of M

y Boy

hood

and

You

th.

“Ala

ska’

s Fl

ag”

is th

e tit

le o

f the

sta

te s

ong.

My

mom

thin

ks th

e ne

wsp

aper

USA

Tod

ay is

the

best

new

spap

er.

Have

you

see

n th

e m

ovie

101

Dal

mat

ians

?

A yo

ung

orph

an ta

kes

in a

stra

y do

g in

the

play

Ann

ie.

Char

lotte

’s W

eb is

my

favo

rite

book

.

com

ma

colo

nhy

phen co

mm

ahy

phen

colo

nco

lon

com

ma

,:

-,

-:

:,

103

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_103

.indd

103

9/12

/06

5:46

:06

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

ePu

nct

uat

ion

Less

on

29

If t

he

use

of

quo

tati

on

mar

ks is

co

rrec

t, w

rite

cor

rect

. If

the

use

of

quo

tati

on

mar

ks is

inco

rrec

t, w

rite

inco

rrec

t.

1.

“Wha

t do

you

kno

w a

bout

Ala

ska?

ask

ed P

hilip

.”

2.

“I k

now

it b

ecam

e th

e fo

rty-

nint

h st

ate

in 1

959,

” an

swer

ed D

rea.

3.

Sam

uel s

aid,

“Is

n’t

Ala

ska

the

larg

est

stat

e?

4.

It’s

tw

ice

the

size

of T

exas

! exc

laim

ed R

aoul

.

5.

The

larg

est

city

is A

ncho

rage

, “sa

id A

nna.

”

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Ad

d q

uota

tio

n m

arks

an

d c

om

mas

wh

ere

they

are

nee

ded

.

6.

Hav

e yo

u he

ard

of M

t. M

cKin

ley?

ask

ed Y

etta

.

7.

It is

the

hig

hest

poi

nt in

Nor

th A

mer

ica

said

Mar

vin.

8.

Win

sai

d, A

lask

a be

cam

e a

stat

e on

Janu

ary

3 19

59.

9.

The

stat

e flo

wer

is t

he fo

rget

-me-

not,

ann

ounc

ed Ja

y.

10.

Ala

ska

has

a lo

t of

oil

said

Pat

ik.

11.

Deb

bie

said

, Oil

is a

n im

por

tant

nat

ural

res

ourc

e.

12.

You

can

trav

el t

o Ju

neau

, Ala

ska,

onl

y by

boa

t or

by

pla

ne, s

aid

Zor

a.

“Hav

e yo

u he

ard

of M

t. M

cKin

ley?

” as

ked

Yetta

.

“It i

s th

e hi

ghes

t poi

nt in

Nor

th A

mer

ica,

” sa

id M

arvi

n.

Win

sai

d, “

Alas

ka b

ecam

e a

stat

e on

Jan

uary

3, 1

959.

”

“The

sta

te fl

ower

is th

e fo

rget

-me-

not,”

ann

ounc

ed J

ay.

“Ala

ska

has

a lo

t of o

il,”

said

Pat

ik.

Debb

ie s

aid,

“Oi

l is

an im

porta

nt n

atur

al re

sour

ce.”

“You

can

trav

el to

Jun

eau,

Ala

ska,

onl

y by

boa

t or b

y pl

ane,

” sa

id Z

ora.

inco

rrec

t

corr

ect

inco

rrec

tin

corr

ect

inco

rrec

t

104

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_104

.indd

104

9/12

/06

5:46

:39

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

29

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

“O

n O

cto

ber

5 2

008,

th

ere

wil

l be

a p

erfo

rman

ce a

t A

nch

ora

ge

Ele

men

tary

Sch

oo

l, sa

id M

r. P

ears

on

, th

e p

rin

cip

al. (2

) Tel

l us

wh

at t

he

fou

rth

-

grad

e st

ud

ents

wil

l per

form

, sai

d M

r. C

lark

. (3) “

Th

e st

ud

ents

wil

l per

form

a

scen

e fr

om

th

e p

lay

Ou

r G

reat

Sta

te”

answ

ered

Mr.

Pea

rso

n. (4

) “W

hat

tim

e d

oes

the

pla

y st

art?

” as

ked

Ms.

Ker

t. (5

) “Th

e

pla

y st

arts

at

800

p.m

. sai

d t

he

pri

nci

pal

.”

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is N

OT

mis

sing

a

com

ma?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is m

issi

ng a

col

on?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

3.

Whi

ch o

f the

follo

win

g sh

ould

be

unde

rline

d?

AA

ncho

rage

Ele

men

tary

Sch

ool

(Sen

tenc

e 1)

BPr

inci

pal

Pea

rson

(Se

nten

ce 1

)

CO

ur G

reat

Sta

te (

Sent

ence

3)

DM

s. K

ert

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

no e

rror

s?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whe

re s

houl

d q

uota

tion

mar

ks b

e

adde

d in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

Abe

fore

Tell

and

afte

r pe

rfor

m,

Bbe

fore

Tell

and

afte

r C

lark

.

Cbe

fore

Tell

Daf

ter

Cla

rk.

6.

Whi

ch is

the

nam

e of

the

pun

ctua

tion

mar

k be

twee

n th

e

wor

dsfo

urth

and

gra

dein

Sent

ence

2?

Aco

mm

a

Bq

uota

tion

mar

k

Chy

phe

n

Dco

lon

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

105

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_105

.indd

105

9/19

/06

6:55

:16

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e Pu

nct

uat

ion

Less

on

29

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Cor

rect

an

y m

ista

kes

in p

unct

uati

on.

1.

The

book

Old

Yel

ler

is a

bout

a d

og a

nd a

boy

.

2.

The

sett

ing

of t

he s

tory

is S

alt

Lick

Tex

as.

3.

I lik

e th

at s

tory

a lo

t sa

ys D

aisy

.

4.

Erne

sto

says

The

mov

ie L

assi

e is

bet

ter.

5.

I tak

e th

ree

thin

gs t

o th

e p

ark

my

ball

my

bat

and

my

jack

et.

6.

Wha

t ar

e yo

u re

adin

g as

ks F

letc

her.

7.

He

is r

eadi

ng T

he M

ouse

and

the

Mot

orcy

cle.

8.

Edie

sin

gs T

his

Land

Is Y

our

Land

with

me.

9.

Kaia

’s m

othe

r is

thi

rty

seve

n ye

ars

old.

10.

Jam

es s

ays

My

dog

is t

he b

est

dog

in t

he w

orld

!

The

book

Old

Yel

ler i

s ab

out a

dog

and

a b

oy.

The

setti

ng o

f the

sto

ry is

Sal

t Lic

k, T

exas

.

“I li

ke th

at s

tory

a lo

t,” s

ays

Dais

y.

Erne

sto

says

, “Th

e m

ovie

Las

sie

is b

ette

r.”

I tak

e th

ree

thin

gs to

the

park

: my

ball,

my

bat,

and

my

jack

et.

“Wha

t are

you

read

ing?

” as

ks F

letc

her.

He is

read

ing

The

Mou

se a

nd th

e M

otor

cycl

e.

Edie

sin

gs “

This

Lan

d is

You

r Lan

d” w

ith m

e.

Kaia

’s m

othe

r is

thirt

y-se

ven

year

s ol

d.

Jam

es s

ays,

“M

y do

g is

the

best

dog

in th

e w

orld

!”

106

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_106

.indd

10

69/

12/0

6 5

:48:

43 P

M

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

30

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1)

Las

t ye

ar G

ran

dm

a an

d I

mo

ved

to

a n

ew t

ow

n. (2

) We

had

tho

ugh

t th

at w

e w

ou

ld n

ot

kn

ow

an

yon

e th

ere,

bu

t w

e d

id! (3

) Th

e

Pat

ters

on

s, f

rien

ds

fro

m o

ur

old

nei

gh

bo

rho

od

, bro

ug

ht

us

bro

wn

ies

wh

en w

e m

ove

d in

. (4) Th

ey

’re

ho

use

was

nex

t d

oo

r. (5

) Pat

ty P

atte

rso

n

said

th

at w

e w

ill g

o t

o t

he

sam

e sc

ho

ol.

(6) I

ts s

o n

ice

to h

ave

frie

nd

s!

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

help

ing

verb

s?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

3

D

Sent

ence

6

2.

Whi

ch is

the

con

trac

tion

for

the

wor

d p

air

wou

ld n

ot in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

A

wou

ldn’

t

B

won

’t

C

wer

en’t

D

was

n’t

3.

Of w

hich

ver

b is

bro

ught

(Se

nten

ce

3) t

he p

ast-

tens

e fo

rm?

A

begi

n

B

be

C

brin

g

D

bris

tle

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

inco

rrec

tly u

ses

a

pos

sess

ive

pro

noun

whe

re t

here

shou

ld b

e a

cont

ract

ion?

A

Sent

ence

3

B

Sent

ence

4

C

Sent

ence

5

D

Sent

ence

6

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

inco

rrec

tly u

ses

a

cont

ract

ion

whe

re t

here

sho

uld

be

a p

osse

ssiv

e p

rono

un?

A

Sent

ence

2

B

Sent

ence

4

C

Sent

ence

5

D

Sent

ence

6

6.

Whi

ch v

erb

is t

he p

ast-

tens

e fo

rm

of t

he v

erb

thin

k?

A

thou

ght

(Sen

tenc

e 2)

B

brou

ght

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

C

was

(Se

nten

ce 4

)

D

said

(Se

nten

ce 5

)

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

107

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_107

.indd

10

79/

19/0

6 6

:55:

34 A

M



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

4

Nam

e

Less

on

30

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1)

Fir

st p

rize

fo

r th

e B

oo

k R

epo

rt F

air

go

es t

o S

hel

ly K

ing

an

no

un

ced

Mr.

Lan

gley

. (2) “

Her

rep

ort

on

Sh

ipw

reck

at

the

Bo

tto

m o

f th

e W

orl

d

was

th

e b

est

of

all,

sai

d M

s. W

inst

on

. (3) I

th

ink

I w

ork

ed h

ard

er t

han

Sh

elly

did

,” s

aid

Eva

n. (4

) “C

om

e q

uic

kly

to

get

yo

ur

rib

bo

n, S

hel

ly!”

call

ed o

ut

Mr.

Lan

gley

. (5) S

hel

ly w

as n

ot

no

wh

ere

to b

e fo

un

d. (6

) “C

an I

hav

e th

e p

rize

, th

en?”

Eva

n a

sked

ho

pef

ull

y.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is m

issi

ng a

com

ma?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

3

D

Sent

ence

5

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a do

uble

nega

tive?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

3

D

Sent

ence

5

3.

Whi

ch is

NO

T an

adv

erb?

A

fi rst

(Se

nten

ce 1

)

B

hard

er (

Sent

ence

3)

C

qui

ckly

(Se

nten

ce 4

)

D

hop

eful

ly (

Sent

ence

6)

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is N

OT

mis

sing

one

or m

ore

quo

tatio

n m

arks

?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

3

D

Sent

ence

4

5.

Whi

ch s

houl

d be

und

erlin

ed?

A

Book

Rep

ort

Fair

(Sen

tenc

e 1)

B

Shel

ly K

ing

(Sen

tenc

e 1)

C

Ship

wre

ck a

t th

e Bo

ttom

of t

he

Wor

ld (

Sent

ence

2)

D

Mr.

Lang

ley

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

com

par

es t

wo

actio

ns?

A

Sent

ence

1

B

Sent

ence

2

C

Sent

ence

3

D

Sent

ence

4

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

108

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K41_

GPB

_108

.indd

10

89/

12/0

6 5

:50:

24 P

M

57 Student Edition p. 108


Documents

Grammar Practice Book: Grade 4